Changeset 134 for branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smb.conf.5.html
- Timestamp:
- May 23, 2008, 6:56:41 AM (17 years ago)
- File:
-
- 1 edited
Legend:
- Unmodified
- Added
- Removed
-
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smb.conf.5.html
r44 r134 1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href=" samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smb.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smb.conf — The configuration file for the Samba suite</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291806"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p>1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smb.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smb.conf — The configuration file for the Samba suite</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id315538"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p> 2 2 The <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file is a configuration file for the Samba suite. <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> contains runtime configuration information for the Samba programs. The 3 3 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file is designed to be configured and administered by the 4 <a href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a> program. The4 <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a> program. The 5 5 complete description of the file format and possible parameters held within are here for reference purposes. 6 6 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="FILEFORMATSECT"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p> … … 27 27 which may be given as yes/no, 0/1 or true/false. Case is not significant in boolean values, but is preserved 28 28 in string values. Some items such as create masks are numeric. 29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 59596"></a><h2>SECTION DESCRIPTIONS</h2><p>29 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282776"></a><h2>SECTION DESCRIPTIONS</h2><p> 30 30 Each section in the configuration file (except for the [global] section) describes a shared resource (known as 31 31 a “<span class="quote">share</span>”). The section name is the name of the shared resource and the parameters within the … … 56 56 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 57 57 <em class="parameter"><code>[foo]</code></em> 58 <a class=" indexterm" name="id259433"></a>path = /home/bar59 <a class=" indexterm" name="id260355"></a>read only = no58 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path = /home/bar</a> 59 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only = no</a> 60 60 </pre><p> 61 61 </p><p> … … 65 65 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 66 66 <em class="parameter"><code>[aprinter]</code></em> 67 <a class=" indexterm" name="id260383"></a>path = /usr/spool/public68 <a class=" indexterm" name="id260390"></a>read only = yes69 <a class=" indexterm" name="id260397"></a>printable = yes70 <a class=" indexterm" name="id260404"></a>guest ok = yes67 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path = /usr/spool/public</a> 68 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only = yes</a> 69 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE">printable = yes</a> 70 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK">guest ok = yes</a> 71 71 </pre><p> 72 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id2 60415"></a><h2>SPECIAL SECTIONS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id260420"></a><h3>The [global] section</h3><p>72 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283054"></a><h2>SPECIAL SECTIONS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id283060"></a><h3>The [global] section</h3><p> 73 73 Parameters in this section apply to the server as a whole, or are defaults for sections that do not 74 74 specifically define certain items. See the notes under PARAMETERS for more information. … … 106 106 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 107 107 <em class="parameter"><code>[homes]</code></em> 108 <a class=" indexterm" name="id260157"></a>read only = no108 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only = no</a> 109 109 </pre><p> 110 110 </p><p> … … 138 138 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 139 139 <em class="parameter"><code>[printers]</code></em> 140 <a class=" indexterm" name="id300481"></a>path = /usr/spool/public141 <a class=" indexterm" name="id300488"></a>guest ok = yes142 <a class=" indexterm" name="id300495"></a>printable = yes140 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path = /usr/spool/public</a> 141 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK">guest ok = yes</a> 142 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE">printable = yes</a> 143 143 </pre><p> 144 144 </p><p> … … 161 161 <code class="literal">printcap name = lpstat</code> to automatically obtain a list of printers. See the 162 162 <code class="literal">printcap name</code> option for more details. 163 </p></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 00553"></a><h2>USERSHARES</h2><p>Starting with Samba version 3.0.23 the capability for non-root users to add, modify, and delete163 </p></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324680"></a><h2>USERSHARES</h2><p>Starting with Samba version 3.0.23 the capability for non-root users to add, modify, and delete 164 164 their own share definitions has been added. This capability is called <span class="emphasis"><em>usershares</em></span> and 165 165 is controlled by a set of parameters in the [global] section of the smb.conf. … … 179 179 180 180 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 181 <a class=" indexterm" name="id300682"></a>usershare path = /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares182 <a class=" indexterm" name="id300690"></a>usershare max shares = 10# (or the desired number of shares)181 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERSHAREPATH">usershare path = /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares</a> 182 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERSHAREMAXSHARES">usershare max shares = 10</a> # (or the desired number of shares) 183 183 </pre><p> 184 184 185 185 to the global 186 186 section of your <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. Members of the group foo may then manipulate the user defined shares 187 using the following commands.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]</span></dt><dd><p>To create or modify (overwrite) a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare delete sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To delete a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare list wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To list user defined shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare info wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To print information about user defined shares.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 00757"></a><h2>PARAMETERS</h2><p>Parameters define the specific attributes of sections.</p><p>187 using the following commands.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]</span></dt><dd><p>To create or modify (overwrite) a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare delete sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To delete a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare list wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To list user defined shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare info wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To print information about user defined shares.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324875"></a><h2>PARAMETERS</h2><p>Parameters define the specific attributes of sections.</p><p> 188 188 Some parameters are specific to the [global] section (e.g., <span class="emphasis"><em>security</em></span>). Some parameters 189 189 are usable in all sections (e.g., <span class="emphasis"><em>create mask</em></span>). All others are permissible only in normal … … 197 197 find them! Where there are synonyms, the preferred synonym is described, others refer to the preferred 198 198 synonym. 199 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 00798"></a><h2>VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS</h2><p>199 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324914"></a><h2>VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS</h2><p> 200 200 Many of the strings that are settable in the config file can take substitutions. For example the option 201 201 “<span class="quote">path = /tmp/%u</span>” is interpreted as “<span class="quote">path = /tmp/john</span>” if the user connected with the … … 215 215 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">%R</span></dt><dd><p>the selected protocol level after protocol negotiation. It can be one of CORE, COREPLUS, 216 216 LANMAN1, LANMAN2 or NT1.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%d</span></dt><dd><p>the process id of the current server 217 process.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%a</span></dt><dd><p>the architecture of the remote 218 machine. It currently recognizes Samba (<code class="constant">Samba</code>), 219 the Linux CIFS file system (<code class="constant">CIFSFS</code>), OS/2, (<code class="constant">OS2</code>), 220 Windows for Workgroups (<code class="constant">WfWg</code>), Windows 9x/ME 221 (<code class="constant">Win95</code>), Windows NT (<code class="constant">WinNT</code>), 222 Windows 2000 (<code class="constant">Win2K</code>), Windows XP (<code class="constant">WinXP</code>), 223 and Windows 2003 (<code class="constant">Win2K3</code>). Anything else will be known as 224 <code class="constant">UNKNOWN</code>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%I</span></dt><dd><p>the IP address of the client machine.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%i</span></dt><dd><p>the local IP address to which a client connected.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%T</span></dt><dd><p>the current date and time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%D</span></dt><dd><p>name of the domain or workgroup of the current user.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%w</span></dt><dd><p>the winbind separator.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%$(<em class="replaceable"><code>envvar</code></em>)</span></dt><dd><p>the value of the environment variable 217 process.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%a</span></dt><dd><p> 218 The architecture of the remote 219 machine. It currently recognizes Samba (<code class="constant">Samba</code>), 220 the Linux CIFS file system (<code class="constant">CIFSFS</code>), OS/2, (<code class="constant">OS2</code>), 221 Windows for Workgroups (<code class="constant">WfWg</code>), Windows 9x/ME 222 (<code class="constant">Win95</code>), Windows NT (<code class="constant">WinNT</code>), 223 Windows 2000 (<code class="constant">Win2K</code>), 224 Windows XP (<code class="constant">WinXP</code>), 225 Windows XP 64-bit(<code class="constant">WinXP64</code>), 226 Windows 2003 including 227 2003R2 (<code class="constant">Win2K3</code>), and Windows 228 Vista (<code class="constant">Vista</code>). Anything else will be known as 229 <code class="constant">UNKNOWN</code>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%I</span></dt><dd><p>the IP address of the client machine.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%i</span></dt><dd><p>the local IP address to which a client connected.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%T</span></dt><dd><p>the current date and time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%D</span></dt><dd><p>name of the domain or workgroup of the current user.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%w</span></dt><dd><p>the winbind separator.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%$(<em class="replaceable"><code>envvar</code></em>)</span></dt><dd><p>the value of the environment variable 225 230 <em class="replaceable"><code>envar</code></em>.</p></dd></dl></div><p> 226 231 The following substitutes apply only to some configuration options (only those that are … … 254 259 controls what the default case is for new filenames (ie. files that don't currently exist in the filesystem). 255 260 Default <span class="emphasis"><em>lower</em></span>. IMPORTANT NOTE: This option will be used to modify the case of 256 <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> incoming client filenames, not just new filenames if the options <a class=" indexterm" name="id301239"></a>case sensitive = yes, <a class="indexterm" name="id301246"></a>preserve case = No,257 <a class=" indexterm" name="id301253"></a>short preserve case = Noare set. This change is needed as part of the261 <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> incoming client filenames, not just new filenames if the options <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive = yes</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRESERVECASE">preserve case = No</a>, 262 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE">short preserve case = No</a> are set. This change is needed as part of the 258 263 optimisations for directories containing large numbers of files. 259 264 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">preserve case = yes/no</span></dt><dd><p> … … 301 306 If the service is a guest service, a connection is made as the username given in the <code class="literal">guest account 302 307 =</code> for the service, irrespective of the supplied password. 303 </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301448"></a><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a>abort shutdown script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that 304 should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the <a class="indexterm" name="id301488"></a>shutdown script.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>, 308 </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325539"></a><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325549"></a> 309 310 abort shutdown script (G) 311 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325550"></a><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that 312 should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT">shutdown script</a>.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>, 305 313 right, this command will be run as user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>abort shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">""</code> 306 314 </em></span> 307 315 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>abort shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/sbin/shutdown -c</code> 308 316 </em></span> 309 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ACLCHECKPERMISSIONS"></a>acl check permissions (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls what <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>does on receiving a protocol request of "open for delete" 317 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325623"></a> 318 319 acl check permissions (S) 320 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325624"></a><a name="ACLCHECKPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls what <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>does on receiving a protocol request of "open for delete" 310 321 from a Windows client. If a Windows client doesn't have permissions to delete a file then they 311 322 expect this to be denied at open time. POSIX systems normally only detect restrictions on delete by … … 327 338 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl check permissions</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 328 339 </em></span> 329 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ACLCOMPATIBILITY"></a>acl compatibility (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies what OS ACL semantics should 340 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id282494"></a> 341 342 acl compatibility (S) 343 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id282495"></a><a name="ACLCOMPATIBILITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies what OS ACL semantics should 330 344 be compatible with. Possible values are <span class="emphasis"><em>winnt</em></span> for Windows NT 4, 331 345 <span class="emphasis"><em>win2k</em></span> for Windows 2000 and above and <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>. … … 336 350 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl compatibility</code></em> = <code class="literal">win2k</code> 337 351 </em></span> 338 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ACLGROUPCONTROL"></a>acl group control (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 352 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325826"></a> 353 354 acl group control (S) 355 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325828"></a><a name="ACLGROUPCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 339 356 In a POSIX filesystem, only the owner of a file or directory and the superuser can modify the permissions 340 357 and ACLs on a file. If this parameter is set, then Samba overrides this restriction, and also allows the … … 349 366 </p><p> 350 367 This parameter allows Samba to also permit delegation of the control over a point in the exported 351 directory hierarchy in much the same wa sas Windows. This allows all members of a UNIX group to368 directory hierarchy in much the same way as Windows. This allows all members of a UNIX group to 352 369 control the permissions on a file or directory they have group ownership on. 353 370 </p><p> 354 This parameter is best used with the <a class=" indexterm" name="id301716"></a>inherit owneroption and also355 on on a share containing directories with the UNIX <span class="emphasis"><em>setgid bit</em></span> bitset371 This parameter is best used with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INHERITOWNER">inherit owner</a> option and also 372 on on a share containing directories with the UNIX <span class="emphasis"><em>setgid bit</em></span> set 356 373 on them, which causes new files and directories created within it to inherit the group 357 374 ownership from the containing directory. … … 361 378 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl group control</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 362 379 </em></span> 363 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ACLMAPFULLCONTROL"></a>acl map full control (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 364 This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>maps a POSIX ACE entry of "rwx" (read/write/execute), the maximum 380 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325907"></a> 381 382 acl map full control (S) 383 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325908"></a><a name="ACLMAPFULLCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 384 This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>maps a POSIX ACE entry of "rwx" (read/write/execute), the maximum 365 385 allowed POSIX permission set, into a Windows ACL of "FULL CONTROL". If this parameter is set to true any POSIX 366 386 ACE entry of "rwx" will be returned in a Windows ACL as "FULL CONTROL", is this parameter is set to false any … … 369 389 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl map full control</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 370 390 </em></span> 371 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a>add group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 372 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a new group is requested. It 391 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325954"></a> 392 393 add group script (G) 394 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325956"></a><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 395 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a new group is requested. It 373 396 will expand any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> to the group name passed. This script is only useful 374 397 for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools. The script is free to create a group with … … 379 402 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/groupadd %g</code> 380 403 </em></span> 381 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"></a>add machine script (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 404 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326025"></a> 405 406 add machine script (G) 407 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326026"></a><a name="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 382 408 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run by 383 <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a machine is409 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a machine is 384 410 added to Samba's domain and a Unix account matching the machine's name appended with a "$" does not 385 411 already exist. 386 </p><p>This option is very similar to the <a class=" indexterm" name="id301914"></a>add user script, and likewise uses the %u412 </p><p>This option is very similar to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT">add user script</a>, and likewise uses the %u 387 413 substitution for the account name. Do not use the %m 388 414 substitution. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add machine script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 390 416 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add machine script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/adduser -n -g machines -c Machine -d /var/lib/nobody -s /bin/false %u</code> 391 417 </em></span> 392 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDPORTCOMMAND"></a>add port command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 3.0.23 introduces support for adding printer ports 418 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326098"></a> 419 420 add port command (G) 421 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326100"></a><a name="ADDPORTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Samba 3.0.23 introduced support for adding printer ports 393 422 remotely using the Windows "Add Standard TCP/IP Port Wizard". 394 423 This option defines an external program to be executed when 395 424 smbd receives a request to add a new Port to the system. 396 he script is passed two parameters: 397 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>port name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>device URI</code></em></p></li></ul></div><p>The deviceURI is in the for of socket://<hostname>[:<portnumber>] 425 The script is passed two parameters:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>port name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>device URI</code></em></p></li></ul></div><p>The deviceURI is in the for of socket://<hostname>[:<portnumber>] 398 426 or lpd://<hostname>/<queuename>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add port command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 399 427 </em></span> 400 428 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add port command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/addport.sh</code> 401 429 </em></span> 402 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"></a>add printer command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing 430 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326178"></a> 431 432 add printer command (G) 433 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326179"></a><a name="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing 403 434 support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, The MS Add 404 435 Printer Wizard (APW) icon is now also available in the … … 411 442 to the print system and to add the appropriate service definition 412 443 to the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file in order that it can be 413 shared by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>addprinter command</code></em> is444 shared by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>addprinter command</code></em> is 414 445 automatically invoked with the following parameter (in 415 446 order):</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>printer name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>share name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>port name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>driver name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>location</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Windows 9x driver location</code></em></p></li></ul></div><p>All parameters are filled in from the PRINTER_INFO_2 structure sent … … 429 460 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add printer command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/addprinter</code> 430 461 </em></span> 431 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a>add share command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically 432 add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager. The 433 <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> is used to define an 434 external program or script which will add a new service definition 435 to <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. In order to successfully 436 execute the <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em>, <code class="literal">smbd</code> 437 requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e. 438 uid == 0). 439 </p><p> 440 When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the 462 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326348"></a> 463 464 add share command (G) 465 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326349"></a><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 466 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 467 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> is used to define an external program 468 or script which will add a new service definition to <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. In order 469 to successfully execute the <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em>, <code class="literal">smbd</code> requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e. uid == 0). 470 </p><p> 471 If the connected account has <code class="literal">SeDiskOperatorPrivilege</code>, scripts defined in 472 <em class="parameter"><code>change share</code></em> parameter are executed as root. 473 </p><p> 474 When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the 441 475 <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> with five parameters. 442 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location 443 of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 444 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of the new 445 share. 476 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 477 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of the new share. 446 478 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>pathName</code></em> - path to an **existing** 447 479 directory on disk. 448 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> - comment string to associate 449 with the newshare.480 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> - comment string to associate with the new 481 share. 450 482 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>max 451 483 connections</code></em> … … 453 485 share. 454 486 </p></li></ul></div><p> 455 This parameter is only used for add file shares. To add printer shares, 456 see the <a class="indexterm" name="id302354"></a>addprinter command. 487 This parameter is only used for add file shares. To add printer shares, see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND">addprinter command</a>. 457 488 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 458 489 </em></span> 459 490 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/addshare</code> 460 491 </em></span> 461 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a>add user script (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 492 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326523"></a> 493 494 add user script (G) 495 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326524"></a><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 462 496 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by 463 <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>497 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> 464 498 under special circumstances described below. 465 499 </p><p> … … 470 504 <span class="emphasis"><em>ON DEMAND</em></span> when a user accesses the Samba server. 471 505 </p><p> 472 In order to use this option, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> must <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be set to473 <a class=" indexterm" name="id302456"></a>security = share and <a class="indexterm" name="id302463"></a>add user script506 In order to use this option, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> must <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be set to 507 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = share</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT">add user script</a> 474 508 must be set to a full pathname for a script that will create a UNIX user given one argument of 475 509 <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em>, which expands into the UNIX user name to create. 476 510 </p><p> 477 511 When the Windows user attempts to access the Samba server, at login (session setup in 478 the SMB protocol) time, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> contacts the <a class="indexterm" name="id302489"></a>password server512 the SMB protocol) time, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> contacts the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER">password server</a> 479 513 and attempts to authenticate the given user with the given password. If the authentication 480 514 succeeds then <code class="literal">smbd</code> attempts to find a UNIX user in the UNIX 481 515 password database to map the Windows user into. If this lookup fails, and 482 <a class=" indexterm" name="id302504"></a>add user scriptis set then <code class="literal">smbd</code> will516 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT">add user script</a> is set then <code class="literal">smbd</code> will 483 517 call the specified script <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>, expanding any 484 518 <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em> argument to be the user name to create. … … 488 522 match existing Windows NT accounts. 489 523 </p><p> 490 See also <a class=" indexterm" name="id302541"></a>security, <a class="indexterm" name="id302548"></a>password server,491 <a class=" indexterm" name="id302555"></a>delete user script.524 See also <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER">password server</a>, 525 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEUSERSCRIPT">delete user script</a>. 492 526 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add user script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 493 527 </em></span> 494 528 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u</code> 495 529 </em></span> 496 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a>add user to group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 530 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326711"></a> 531 532 add user to group script (G) 533 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326712"></a><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 497 534 Full path to the script that will be called when a user is added to a group using the Windows NT domain administration 498 tools. It will be run by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>535 tools. It will be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> 499 536 <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>. Any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> will be replaced with the group name and 500 537 any <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em> will be replaced with the user name. … … 506 543 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add user to group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/adduser %u %g</code> 507 544 </em></span> 508 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a>admin users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted 545 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326794"></a> 546 547 admin users (S) 548 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326795"></a><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted 509 549 administrative privileges on the share. This means that they 510 550 will do all file operations as the super-user (root).</p><p>You should use this option very carefully, as any user in 511 551 this list will be able to do anything they like on the share, 512 irrespective of file permissions.</p><p>This parameter will not work with the <a class=" indexterm" name="id302715"></a>security = sharein552 irrespective of file permissions.</p><p>This parameter will not work with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = share</a> in 513 553 Samba 3.0. This is by design.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>admin users</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 514 554 </em></span> 515 555 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>admin users</code></em> = <code class="literal">jason</code> 516 556 </em></span> 517 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AFSSHARE"></a>afs share (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether special AFS features are enabled 557 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326862"></a> 558 559 afs share (S) 560 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326864"></a><a name="AFSSHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether special AFS features are enabled 518 561 for this share. If enabled, it assumes that the directory exported via 519 562 the <em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> parameter is a local AFS import. The … … 522 565 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>afs share</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 523 566 </em></span> 524 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AFSUSERNAMEMAP"></a>afs username map (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If you are using the fake kaserver AFS feature, you might 567 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326907"></a> 568 569 afs username map (G) 570 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326908"></a><a name="AFSUSERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you are using the fake kaserver AFS feature, you might 525 571 want to hand-craft the usernames you are creating tokens for. 526 572 For example this is necessary if you have users from several domain … … 532 578 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>afs username map</code></em> = <code class="literal">%u@afs.samba.org</code> 533 579 </em></span> 534 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AIOREADSIZE"></a>aio read size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this 580 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326966"></a> 581 582 aio read size (S) 583 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326967"></a><a name="AIOREADSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this 535 584 integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 536 585 Samba will read from file asynchronously when size of request is bigger 537 586 than this value. Note that it happens only for non-chained and non-chaining 538 587 reads and when not using write cache.</p><p>Current implementation of asynchronous I/O in Samba 3.0 does support 539 only up to 10 outstanding asynchronous requests, read and write combined.</p> 540 541 write cache size 542 aio write size 543 544 <p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio read size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 588 only up to 10 outstanding asynchronous requests, read and write combined.</p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITECACHESIZE">write cache size</a></p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AIOWRITESIZE">aio write size</a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio read size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 545 589 </em></span> 546 590 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio read size</code></em> = <code class="literal">16384 … … 548 592 request size</code> 549 593 </em></span> 550 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AIOWRITESIZE"></a>aio write size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this 594 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327045"></a> 595 596 aio write size (S) 597 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327046"></a><a name="AIOWRITESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this 551 598 integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 552 599 Samba will write to file asynchronously when size of request is bigger 553 600 than this value. Note that it happens only for non-chained and non-chaining 554 601 reads and when not using write cache.</p><p>Current implementation of asynchronous I/O in Samba 3.0 does support 555 only up to 10 outstanding asynchronous requests, read and write combined.</p> 556 557 write cache size 558 aio read size 559 560 <p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio write size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 602 only up to 10 outstanding asynchronous requests, read and write combined.</p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITECACHESIZE">write cache size</a></p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AIOREADSIZE">aio read size</a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio write size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 561 603 </em></span> 562 604 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio write size</code></em> = <code class="literal">16384 … … 564 606 request size</code> 565 607 </em></span> 566 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a>algorithmic rid base (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its 608 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327124"></a> 609 610 algorithmic rid base (G) 611 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327125"></a><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its 567 612 algorithmic mapping from uids/gid to the RIDs needed to construct 568 613 NT Security Identifiers. … … 574 619 mapping can't be 'turned off', but pushing it 'out of the way' should 575 620 resolve the issues. Users and groups can then be assigned 'low' RIDs 576 in arbit ary-rid supporting backends.621 in arbitrary-rid supporting backends. 577 622 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>algorithmic rid base</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 578 623 </em></span> 579 624 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>algorithmic rid base</code></em> = <code class="literal">100000</code> 580 625 </em></span> 581 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALLOCATIONROUNDUPSIZE"></a>allocation roundup size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an administrator to tune the 626 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327189"></a> 627 628 allocation roundup size (S) 629 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327190"></a><a name="ALLOCATIONROUNDUPSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an administrator to tune the 582 630 allocation size reported to Windows clients. The default 583 631 size of 1Mb generally results in improved Windows client … … 591 639 # (to disable roundups)</code> 592 640 </em></span> 593 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a>allow trusted domains (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 594 This option only takes effect when the <a class="indexterm" name="id303140"></a>security option is set to 641 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327249"></a> 642 643 allow trusted domains (G) 644 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327250"></a><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 645 This option only takes effect when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security</a> option is set to 595 646 <code class="constant">server</code>, <code class="constant">domain</code> or <code class="constant">ads</code>. 596 647 If it is set to no, then attempts to connect to a resource from … … 606 657 can make implementing a security boundary difficult.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>allow trusted domains</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 607 658 </em></span> 608 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a>announce as (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse 659 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327313"></a> 660 661 announce as (G) 662 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327314"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse 609 663 list. By default this is set to Windows NT. The valid options 610 664 are : "NT Server" (which can also be written as "NT"), … … 618 672 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>announce as</code></em> = <code class="literal">Win95</code> 619 673 </em></span> 620 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a>announce version (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers 674 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327382"></a> 675 676 announce version (G) 677 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327383"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers 621 678 that nmbd will use when announcing itself as a server. The default 622 679 is 4.9. Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific … … 625 682 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>announce version</code></em> = <code class="literal">2.0</code> 626 683 </em></span> 627 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a>auth methods (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 684 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327436"></a> 685 686 auth methods (G) 687 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327438"></a><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 628 688 This option allows the administrator to chose what authentication methods <code class="literal">smbd</code> 629 will use when authenticating a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on <a class=" indexterm" name="id303341"></a>security.689 will use when authenticating a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security</a>. 630 690 This should be considered a developer option and used only in rare circumstances. In the majority (if not all) 631 691 of production servers, the default setting should be adequate. … … 646 706 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>auth methods</code></em> = <code class="literal">guest sam winbind</code> 647 707 </em></span> 648 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AVAILABLE"></a>available (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If 708 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327532"></a> 709 710 available (S) 711 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327533"></a><a name="AVAILABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If 649 712 <em class="parameter"><code>available = no</code></em>, then <span class="emphasis"><em>ALL</em></span> 650 713 attempts to connect to the service will fail. Such failures are 651 714 logged.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>available</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 652 715 </em></span> 653 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a>bind interfaces only (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin 716 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327578"></a> 717 718 bind interfaces only (G) 719 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327579"></a><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin 654 720 to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. It 655 affects file service <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and name service <ahref="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> in a slightly different ways.</p><p>721 affects file service <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and name service <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> in a slightly different ways.</p><p> 656 722 For name service it causes <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to bind to ports 137 and 138 on the 657 interfaces listed in the <a class=" indexterm" name="id303510"></a>interfacesparameter. <code class="literal">nmbd</code>723 interfaces listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> parameter. <code class="literal">nmbd</code> 658 724 also binds to the "all addresses" interface (0.0.0.0) on ports 137 and 138 for the purposes of 659 725 reading broadcast messages. If this option is not set then <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will 660 service name requests on all of these sockets. If <a class=" indexterm" name="id303531"></a>bind interfaces onlyis set then726 service name requests on all of these sockets. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY">bind interfaces only</a> is set then 661 727 <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will check the source address of any packets coming in on the 662 728 broadcast sockets and discard any that don't match the broadcast addresses of the interfaces in the 663 <a class=" indexterm" name="id303545"></a>interfacesparameter list. As unicast packets are received on the other sockets it729 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> parameter list. As unicast packets are received on the other sockets it 664 730 allows <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to refuse to serve names to machines that send packets that 665 arrive through any interfaces not listed in the <a class=" indexterm" name="id303560"></a>interfaceslist. IP Source address731 arrive through any interfaces not listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> list. IP Source address 666 732 spoofing does defeat this simple check, however, so it must not be used seriously as a security feature for 667 733 <code class="literal">nmbd</code>. 668 734 </p><p> 669 For file service it causes <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to bind only to the interface list given in the <a class="indexterm" name="id303585"></a>interfacesparameter. This restricts the networks that <code class="literal">smbd</code> will735 For file service it causes <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to bind only to the interface list given in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> parameter. This restricts the networks that <code class="literal">smbd</code> will 670 736 serve to packets coming in those interfaces. Note that you should not use this parameter for machines that 671 737 are serving PPP or other intermittent or non-broadcast network interfaces as it will not cope with 672 738 non-permanent interfaces. 673 739 </p><p> 674 If <a class=" indexterm" name="id303604"></a>bind interfaces onlyis set then unless the network address675 <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> is added to the <a class=" indexterm" name="id303615"></a>interfacesparameter list676 <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> and677 <a href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a> may not work as740 If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY">bind interfaces only</a> is set then unless the network address 741 <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> is added to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> parameter list 742 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> and 743 <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a> may not work as 678 744 expected due to the reasons covered below. 679 745 </p><p> 680 746 To change a users SMB password, the <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> by default connects to the 681 747 <span class="emphasis"><em>localhost - 127.0.0.1</em></span> address as an SMB client to issue the password change request. If 682 <a class=" indexterm" name="id303653"></a>bind interfaces onlyis set then unless the network address683 <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> is added to the <a class=" indexterm" name="id303664"></a>interfacesparameter list then <code class="literal"> smbpasswd</code> will fail to connect in it's default mode. <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> can be forced to use the primary IP interface of the local host by using684 its <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> <em class="parameter"><code>-r <em class="replaceable"><code>remote machine</code></em></code></em> parameter, with <em class="replaceable"><code>remote748 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY">bind interfaces only</a> is set then unless the network address 749 <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> is added to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> parameter list then <code class="literal"> smbpasswd</code> will fail to connect in it's default mode. <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> can be forced to use the primary IP interface of the local host by using 750 its <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> <em class="parameter"><code>-r <em class="replaceable"><code>remote machine</code></em></code></em> parameter, with <em class="replaceable"><code>remote 685 751 machine</code></em> set to the IP name of the primary interface of the local host. 686 752 </p><p> … … 692 758 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>bind interfaces only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 693 759 </em></span> 694 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a>blocking locks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior 695 of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when given a request by a client 760 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327875"></a> 761 762 blocking locks (S) 763 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327876"></a><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior 764 of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when given a request by a client 696 765 to obtain a byte range lock on a region of an open file, and the 697 766 request has a time limit associated with it.</p><p>If this parameter is set and the lock range requested … … 703 772 cannot be obtained.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>blocking locks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 704 773 </em></span> 705 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a>block size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when reporting disk free 774 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327934"></a> 775 776 block size (S) 777 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327935"></a><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when reporting disk free 706 778 sizes. By default, this reports a disk block size of 1024 bytes. 707 779 </p><p>Changing this parameter may have some effect on the … … 717 789 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>block size</code></em> = <code class="literal">4096</code> 718 790 </em></span> 719 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSABLE"></a>browsable</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for browseable.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a>browseable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in 791 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328005"></a><a name="BROWSABLE"></a>browsable</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328006"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#BROWSEABLE">browseable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328031"></a> 792 793 browseable (S) 794 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328032"></a><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in 720 795 the list of available shares in a net view and in the browse list.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>browseable</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 721 796 </em></span> 722 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSELIST"></a>browse list (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will serve a browse list to 797 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328068"></a> 798 799 browse list (G) 800 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328070"></a><a name="BROWSELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will serve a browse list to 723 801 a client doing a <code class="literal">NetServerEnum</code> call. Normally 724 802 set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. You should never need to change 725 803 this.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>browse list</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 726 804 </em></span> 727 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CASESIGNAMES"></a>casesignames</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for case sensitive.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a>case sensitive (S)</span></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a class="indexterm" name="id304074"></a>name mangling.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>case sensitive</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 728 </em></span> 729 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CHANGENOTIFY"></a>change notify (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should reply 805 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328121"></a><a name="CASESIGNAMES"></a>casesignames</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328122"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328146"></a> 806 807 case sensitive (S) 808 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328147"></a><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>case sensitive</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 809 </em></span> 810 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328190"></a> 811 812 change notify (S) 813 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328191"></a><a name="CHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should reply 730 814 to a client's file change notify requests. 731 </p><p>You should never need to change this parameter</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 732 </em></span> 733 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a>change share command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically 734 add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager. The 735 <em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> is used to define an 736 external program or script which will modify an existing service definition 737 in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. In order to successfully 738 execute the <em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em>, <code class="literal">smbd</code> 739 requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e. 740 uid == 0). 741 </p><p> 742 When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the 815 </p><p>You should never need to change this parameter</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 816 </em></span> 817 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328231"></a> 818 819 change share command (G) 820 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328232"></a><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 821 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 822 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> is used to define an external 823 program or script which will modify an existing service definition in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. In order to successfully execute the <em class="parameter"><code>change 824 share command</code></em>, <code class="literal">smbd</code> requires that the administrator be 825 connected using a root account (i.e. uid == 0). 826 </p><p> 827 If the connected account has <code class="literal">SeDiskOperatorPrivilege</code>, scripts defined in 828 <em class="parameter"><code>change share</code></em> parameter are executed as root. 829 </p><p> 830 When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the 743 831 <em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> with five parameters. 744 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location 745 of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 746 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of the new 832 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location 833 of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 834 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of the new 747 835 share. 748 836 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>pathName</code></em> - path to an **existing** 749 837 directory on disk. 750 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> - comment string to associate 838 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> - comment string to associate 751 839 with the new share. 752 840 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>max … … 755 843 share. 756 844 </p></li></ul></div><p> 757 This parameter is only used modify existing file shares definitions. To modify 845 This parameter is only used modify existing file shares definitions. To modify 758 846 printer shares, use the "Printers..." folder as seen when browsing the Samba host. 759 847 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 761 849 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/addshare</code> 762 850 </em></span> 763 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CHECKPASSWORDSCRIPT"></a>check password script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to check password 851 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328401"></a> 852 853 check password script (G) 854 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328402"></a><a name="CHECKPASSWORDSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to check password 764 855 complexity. The password is sent to the program's standrad input.</p><p>The program must return 0 on good password any other value otherwise. 765 856 In case the password is considered weak (the program do not return 0) the 766 857 user will be notified and the password change will fail.</p><p>Note: In the example directory there is a sample program called crackcheck 767 that uses cracklib to checkpassword quality</p>. 768 769 770 <p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>check password script</code></em> = <code class="literal">Disabled</code> 858 that uses cracklib to checkpassword quality.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>check password script</code></em> = <code class="literal">Disabled</code> 771 859 </em></span> 772 860 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>check password script</code></em> = <code class="literal">check password script = /usr/local/sbin/crackcheck</code> 773 861 </em></span> 774 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a>client lanman auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client 862 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328464"></a> 863 864 client lanman auth (G) 865 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328465"></a><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client 775 866 tools will attempt to authenticate itself to servers using the 776 867 weaker LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only server which support NT … … 783 874 attempted.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client lanman auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 784 875 </em></span> 785 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a>client ntlmv2 auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 876 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328533"></a> 877 878 client ntlmv2 auth (G) 879 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328534"></a><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 786 880 authenticate itself to servers using the NTLMv2 encrypted password 787 881 response.</p><p>If enabled, only an NTLMv2 and LMv2 response (both much more … … 795 889 responses, and not the weaker LM or NTLM.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client ntlmv2 auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 796 890 </em></span> 797 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a>client plaintext auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext 891 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328613"></a> 892 893 client plaintext auth (G) 894 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328614"></a><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext 798 895 password if the server does not support encrypted passwords.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client plaintext auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 799 896 </em></span> 800 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a>client schannel (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 897 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328651"></a> 898 899 client schannel (G) 900 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328652"></a><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 801 901 This controls whether the client offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. 802 <a class=" indexterm" name="id304593"></a>client schannel = nodoes not offer the schannel,803 <a class=" indexterm" name="id304601"></a>client schannel = autooffers the schannel but does not804 enforce it, and <a class=" indexterm" name="id304608"></a>client schannel = yesdenies access902 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL">client schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel, 903 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL">client schannel = auto</a> offers the schannel but does not 904 enforce it, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL">client schannel = yes</a> denies access 805 905 if the server is not able to speak netlogon schannel. 806 906 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> … … 808 908 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 809 909 </em></span> 810 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a>client signing (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client offers or requires 910 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328727"></a> 911 912 client signing (G) 913 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328728"></a><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client offers or requires 811 914 the server it talks to to use SMB signing. Possible values 812 915 are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span> … … 814 917 </p><p>When set to auto, SMB signing is offered, but not enforced. 815 918 When set to mandatory, SMB signing is required and if set 816 to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 817 </em></span> 818 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a>client use spnego (G)</span></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try 919 to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either. 920 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 921 </em></span> 922 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328779"></a> 923 924 client use spnego (G) 925 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328780"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try 819 926 to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with 820 927 supporting servers (including WindowsXP, Windows2000 and Samba … … 822 929 mechanism. This enables Kerberos authentication in particular.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 823 930 </em></span> 824 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="COMMENT"></a>comment (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share 931 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328818"></a> 932 933 comment (S) 934 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328820"></a><a name="COMMENT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share 825 935 when a client does a queries the server, either via the network 826 936 neighborhood or via <code class="literal">net view</code> to list what shares 827 937 are available.</p><p>If you want to set the string that is displayed next to the 828 machine name then see the <a class=" indexterm" name="id304778"></a>server stringparameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> = <code class="literal">938 machine name then see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSTRING">server string</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> = <code class="literal"> 829 939 # No comment</code> 830 940 </em></span> 831 941 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> = <code class="literal">Fred's Files</code> 832 942 </em></span> 833 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a>config file (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file 943 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328889"></a> 944 945 config file (G) 946 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328890"></a><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file 834 947 to use, instead of the default (usually <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>). 835 948 There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set … … 841 954 clients).</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>config file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m</code> 842 955 </em></span> 843 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="COPY"></a>copy (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service 956 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328950"></a> 957 958 copy (S) 959 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328951"></a><a name="COPY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service 844 960 entries. The specified service is simply duplicated under the 845 961 current service's name. Any parameters specified in the current … … 851 967 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>copy</code></em> = <code class="literal">otherservice</code> 852 968 </em></span> 853 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CREATEMODE"></a>create mode</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for create mask.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CREATEMASK"></a>create mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 969 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329008"></a><a name="CREATEMODE"></a>create mode</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329009"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329034"></a> 970 971 create mask (S) 972 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329035"></a><a name="CREATEMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 854 973 When a file is created, the necessary permissions are calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to 855 974 UNIX permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this parameter. This parameter may … … 861 980 </p><p> 862 981 Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created from this parameter with the value of the 863 <a class=" indexterm" name="id305012"></a>force create modeparameter which is set to 000 by default.864 </p><p> 865 This parameter does not affect directory masks. See the parameter <a class=" indexterm" name="id305023"></a>directory mask982 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE">force create mode</a> parameter which is set to 000 by default. 983 </p><p> 984 This parameter does not affect directory masks. See the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a> 866 985 for details. 867 986 </p><p> 868 987 Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the 869 administrator wishes to enforce a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <a class=" indexterm" name="id305036"></a>security mask.988 administrator wishes to enforce a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYMASK">security mask</a>. 870 989 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>create mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0744</code> 871 990 </em></span> 872 991 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>create mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code> 873 992 </em></span> 874 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a>csc policy (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 993 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329141"></a> 994 995 csc policy (S) 996 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329142"></a><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 875 997 This stands for <span class="emphasis"><em>client-side caching policy</em></span>, and specifies how clients capable of offline 876 998 caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values are: manual, documents, programs, disable. … … 879 1001 </p><p> 880 1002 For example, shares containing roaming profiles can have offline caching disabled using 881 <a class=" indexterm" name="id305112"></a>csc policy = disable.1003 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CSCPOLICY">csc policy = disable</a>. 882 1004 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>csc policy</code></em> = <code class="literal">manual</code> 883 1005 </em></span> 884 1006 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>csc policy</code></em> = <code class="literal">programs</code> 885 1007 </em></span> 886 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CUPSOPTIONS"></a>cups options (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 887 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="indexterm" name="id305175"></a>printing is 1008 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329213"></a> 1009 1010 cups options (S) 1011 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329214"></a><a name="CUPSOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1012 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing</a> is 888 1013 set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. Its value is a free form string of options 889 1014 passed directly to the cups library. … … 893 1018 specific option (as listed in "lpoptions -d printername -l") 894 1019 valid for the target queue. 1020 Multiple parameters should be space-delimited name/value pairs according to 1021 the PAPI text option ABNF specification. Collection values 1022 ("name={a=... b=... c=...}") are stored with the curley brackets intact. 895 1023 </p><p> 896 1024 You should set this parameter to <code class="constant">raw</code> if your CUPS server … … 901 1029 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups options</code></em> = <code class="literal">""</code> 902 1030 </em></span> 903 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups options</code></em> = <code class="literal">"raw,media=a4,job-sheets=secret,secret"</code> 904 </em></span> 905 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a>cups server (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 906 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="indexterm" name="id305268"></a>printing is set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. 1031 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups options</code></em> = <code class="literal">"raw media=a4"</code> 1032 </em></span> 1033 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329303"></a> 1034 1035 cups server (G) 1036 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329304"></a><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1037 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">cups</code>. 907 1038 </p><p> 908 1039 If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS <code class="filename">client.conf</code>. This is … … 917 1048 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups server</code></em> = <code class="literal">mycupsserver:1631</code> 918 1049 </em></span> 919 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEADTIME"></a>deadtime (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer) 1050 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329395"></a> 1051 1052 deadtime (G) 1053 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329396"></a><a name="DEADTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer) 920 1054 represents the number of minutes of inactivity before a connection 921 1055 is considered dead, and it is disconnected. The deadtime only takes … … 929 1063 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deadtime</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code> 930 1064 </em></span> 931 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a>debug hires timestamp (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 1065 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329467"></a> 1066 1067 debug hires timestamp (G) 1068 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329468"></a><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 932 1069 Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages are needed with a resolution of higher that seconds, this 933 1070 boolean parameter adds microsecond resolution to the timestamp message header when turned on. 934 1071 </p><p> 935 Note that the parameter <a class=" indexterm" name="id305445"></a>debug timestampmust be on for this to have an effect.1072 Note that the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a> must be on for this to have an effect. 936 1073 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug hires timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 937 1074 </em></span> 938 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGPID"></a>debug pid (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 939 When using only one log file for more then one forked <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>-process there may be hard to follow which process outputs which 1075 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329516"></a> 1076 1077 debug pid (G) 1078 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329517"></a><a name="DEBUGPID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1079 When using only one log file for more then one forked <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>-process there may be hard to follow which process outputs which 940 1080 message. This boolean parameter is adds the process-id to the timestamp message headers in the 941 1081 logfile when turned on. 942 1082 </p><p> 943 Note that the parameter <a class=" indexterm" name="id305504"></a>debug timestampmust be on for this to have an effect.1083 Note that the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a> must be on for this to have an effect. 944 1084 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug pid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 945 1085 </em></span> 946 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a>debug prefix timestamp (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 1086 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329573"></a> 1087 1088 debug prefix timestamp (G) 1089 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329574"></a><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 947 1090 With this option enabled, the timestamp message header is prefixed to the debug message without the 948 filename and function information that is included with the <a class=" indexterm" name="id305552"></a>debug timestamp1091 filename and function information that is included with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a> 949 1092 parameter. This gives timestamps to the messages without adding an additional line. 950 1093 </p><p> 951 Note that this parameter overrides the <a class=" indexterm" name="id305563"></a>debug timestampparameter.1094 Note that this parameter overrides the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a> parameter. 952 1095 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug prefix timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 953 1096 </em></span> 954 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMESTAMPLOGS"></a>timestamp logs</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for debug timestamp.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a>debug timestamp (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 1097 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329630"></a><a name="TIMESTAMPLOGS"></a>timestamp logs</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329631"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329655"></a> 1098 1099 debug timestamp (G) 1100 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329656"></a><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 955 1101 Samba debug log messages are timestamped by default. If you are running at a high 956 <a class=" indexterm" name="id305630"></a>debug levelthese timestamps can be distracting. This1102 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGLEVEL">debug level</a> these timestamps can be distracting. This 957 1103 boolean parameter allows timestamping to be turned off. 958 1104 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 959 1105 </em></span> 960 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGUID"></a>debug uid (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 1106 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329701"></a> 1107 1108 debug uid (G) 1109 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329702"></a><a name="DEBUGUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 961 1110 Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime run as the connected user, this boolean parameter inserts the 962 1111 current euid, egid, uid and gid to the timestamp message headers in the log file if turned on. 963 1112 </p><p> 964 Note that the parameter <a class=" indexterm" name="id305681"></a>debug timestampmust be on for this to have an effect.1113 Note that the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a> must be on for this to have an effect. 965 1114 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 966 1115 </em></span> 967 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a>default case (S)</span></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="indexterm" name="id305726"></a>name mangling. 968 Also note the <a class="indexterm" name="id305734"></a>short preserve case parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default case</code></em> = <code class="literal">lower</code> 969 </em></span> 970 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a>default devmode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="indexterm" name="id305779"></a>printable services. 1116 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329750"></a> 1117 1118 default case (S) 1119 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329751"></a><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a>. 1120 Also note the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE">short preserve case</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default case</code></em> = <code class="literal">lower</code> 1121 </em></span> 1122 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329801"></a> 1123 1124 default devmode (S) 1125 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329802"></a><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE">printable</a> services. 971 1126 When smbd is serving Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba 972 1127 server has a Device Mode which defines things such as paper size and … … 988 1143 will instruct smbd to generate a default one. 989 1144 </p><p>For more information on Windows NT/2k printing and Device Modes, 990 see the <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/" target="_top">MSDN documentation</a>.1145 see the <a class="ulink" href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/" target="_top">MSDN documentation</a>. 991 1146 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default devmode</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 992 1147 </em></span> 993 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULT"></a>default</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for default service.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a>default service (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service 1148 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329880"></a><a name="DEFAULT"></a>default</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329881"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEFAULTSERVICE">default service</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329905"></a> 1149 1150 default service (G) 1151 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329906"></a><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service 994 1152 which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot 995 1153 be found. Note that the square brackets are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> … … 997 1155 parameter is not given, attempting to connect to a nonexistent 998 1156 service results in an error.</p><p> 999 Typically the default service would be a <a class=" indexterm" name="id305892"></a>guest ok, <a class="indexterm" name="id305899"></a>read-onlyservice.</p><p>Also note that the apparent service name will be changed to equal1157 Typically the default service would be a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK">guest ok</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READ-ONLY">read-only</a> service.</p><p>Also note that the apparent service name will be changed to equal 1000 1158 that of the requested service, this is very useful as it allows you to use macros like <em class="parameter"><code>%S</code></em> to make a wildcard service. 1001 1159 </p><p>Note also that any "_" characters in the name of the service … … 1005 1163 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default service</code></em> = <code class="literal">pub</code> 1006 1164 </em></span> 1007 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a>defer sharing violations (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 1165 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329998"></a> 1166 1167 defer sharing violations (G) 1168 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329999"></a><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1008 1169 Windows allows specifying how a file will be shared with 1009 1170 other processes when it is opened. Sharing violations occur when … … 1018 1179 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>defer sharing violations</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 1019 1180 </em></span> 1020 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a>delete group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1021 be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a group is requested to be deleted. 1181 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330046"></a> 1182 1183 delete group script (G) 1184 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330048"></a><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1185 be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a group is requested to be deleted. 1022 1186 It will expand any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> to the group name passed. 1023 1187 This script is only useful for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools. 1024 1188 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete group script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 1025 1189 </em></span> 1026 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a>deleteprinter command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer 1190 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330101"></a> 1191 1192 deleteprinter command (G) 1193 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330102"></a><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer 1027 1194 support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now 1028 1195 possible to delete printer at run time by issuing the 1029 1196 DeletePrinter() RPC call.</p><p>For a Samba host this means that the printer must be 1030 1197 physically deleted from underlying printing system. The 1031 <a class=" indexterm" name="id306089"></a>deleteprinter commanddefines a script to be run which1198 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND">deleteprinter command</a> defines a script to be run which 1032 1199 will perform the necessary operations for removing the printer 1033 1200 from the print system and from <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. 1034 </p><p>The <a class=" indexterm" name="id306106"></a>deleteprinter commandis1035 automatically called with only one parameter: <a class=" indexterm" name="id306114"></a>printer name.1036 </p><p>Once the <a class=" indexterm" name="id306124"></a>deleteprinter commandhas1201 </p><p>The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND">deleteprinter command</a> is 1202 automatically called with only one parameter: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>. 1203 </p><p>Once the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND">deleteprinter command</a> has 1037 1204 been executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will reparse the <code class="filename"> 1038 1205 smb.conf</code> to associated printer no longer exists. … … 1042 1209 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deleteprinter command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/removeprinter</code> 1043 1210 </em></span> 1044 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a>delete readonly (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted. 1211 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330216"></a> 1212 1213 delete readonly (S) 1214 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330217"></a><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted. 1045 1215 This is not normal DOS semantics, but is allowed by UNIX.</p><p>This option may be useful for running applications such 1046 1216 as rcs, where UNIX file ownership prevents changing file 1047 1217 permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete readonly</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1048 1218 </em></span> 1049 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a>delete share command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically 1050 add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager. The 1051 <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> is used to define an 1052 external program or script which will remove an existing service 1053 definition from <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. In order to successfully 1054 execute the <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em>, <code class="literal">smbd</code> 1055 requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e. 1056 uid == 0). 1057 </p><p> 1058 When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the 1219 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330259"></a> 1220 1221 delete share command (G) 1222 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330260"></a><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1223 Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server 1224 Manager. The <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> is used to define an external 1225 program or script which will remove an existing service definition from 1226 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. In order to successfully execute the 1227 <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em>, <code class="literal">smbd</code> 1228 requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e. uid == 0). 1229 </p><p> 1230 If the connected account has <code class="literal">SeDiskOperatorPrivilege</code>, scripts defined in 1231 <em class="parameter"><code>change share</code></em> parameter are executed as root. 1232 </p><p> 1233 When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the 1059 1234 <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> with two parameters. 1060 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location 1061 of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 1062 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of 1235 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location 1236 of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 1237 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of 1063 1238 the existing service. 1064 1239 </p></li></ul></div><p> 1065 This parameter is only used to remove file shares. To delete printer shares, 1066 see the <a class=" indexterm" name="id306327"></a>deleteprinter command.1240 This parameter is only used to remove file shares. To delete printer shares, 1241 see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND">deleteprinter command</a>. 1067 1242 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 1068 1243 </em></span> 1069 1244 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/delshare</code> 1070 1245 </em></span> 1071 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a>delete user from group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when 1246 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330402"></a> 1247 1248 delete user from group script (G) 1249 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330403"></a><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when 1072 1250 a user is removed from a group using the Windows NT domain administration 1073 tools. It will be run by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>.1251 tools. It will be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>. 1074 1252 Any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> will be replaced with the group name and 1075 1253 any <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em> will be replaced with the user name. … … 1078 1256 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user from group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g</code> 1079 1257 </em></span> 1080 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a>delete user script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1081 be run by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when managing users 1258 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330476"></a> 1259 1260 delete user script (G) 1261 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330477"></a><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will 1262 be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when managing users 1082 1263 with remote RPC (NT) tools. 1083 1264 </p><p>This script is called when a remote client removes a user … … 1087 1268 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u</code> 1088 1269 </em></span> 1089 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a>delete veto files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to 1270 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330549"></a> 1271 1272 delete veto files (S) 1273 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330550"></a><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to 1090 1274 delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories 1091 (see the <a class=" indexterm" name="id306545"></a>veto files1275 (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOFILES">veto files</a> 1092 1276 option). If this option is set to <code class="constant">no</code> (the default) then if a vetoed 1093 1277 directory contains any non-vetoed files or directories then the … … 1097 1281 serving systems such as NetAtalk which create meta-files within 1098 1282 directories you might normally veto DOS/Windows users from seeing 1099 (e.g. <code class="filename">.AppleDouble</code>)</p><p>Setting <a class=" indexterm" name="id306576"></a>delete veto files = yesallows these1283 (e.g. <code class="filename">.AppleDouble</code>)</p><p>Setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEVETOFILES">delete veto files = yes</a> allows these 1100 1284 directories to be transparently deleted when the parent directory 1101 1285 is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1102 1286 </em></span> 1103 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a>dfree cache time (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 1287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330624"></a> 1288 1289 dfree cache time (S) 1290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330626"></a><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1104 1291 The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> should only be used on systems where a problem 1105 1292 occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may occur … … 1109 1296 This is a new parameter introduced in Samba version 3.0.21. It specifies in seconds the time that smbd will 1110 1297 cache the output of a disk free query. If set to zero (the default) no caching is done. This allows a heavily 1111 loaded server to prevent rapid spawning of <a class=" indexterm" name="id306636"></a>dfree commandscripts increasing the load.1298 loaded server to prevent rapid spawning of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DFREECOMMAND">dfree command</a> scripts increasing the load. 1112 1299 </p><p> 1113 1300 By default this parameter is zero, meaning no caching will be done. 1114 1301 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">dfree cache time = 60</code> 1115 1302 </em></span> 1116 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a>dfree command (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 1303 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330690"></a> 1304 1305 dfree command (S) 1306 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330691"></a><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1117 1307 The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> setting should only be used on systems where a 1118 1308 problem occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may … … 1125 1315 </p><p> 1126 1316 In Samba version 3.0.21 this parameter has been changed to be a per-share parameter, and in addition the 1127 parameter <a class=" indexterm" name="id306708"></a>dfree cache timewas added to allow the output of this script to be cached1317 parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DFREECACHETIME">dfree cache time</a> was added to allow the output of this script to be cached 1128 1318 for systems under heavy load. 1129 1319 </p><p> … … 1140 1330 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 1141 1331 #!/bin/sh 1142 df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $ 2" "$4}'1332 df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $(NF-4),$(NF-2)}' 1143 1333 </pre><p> 1144 1334 or perhaps (on Sys V based systems): … … 1152 1342 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree</code> 1153 1343 </em></span> 1154 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYMODE"></a>directory mode</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for directory mask.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a>directory mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are 1344 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330797"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMODE"></a>directory mode</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330798"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330822"></a> 1345 1346 directory mask (S) 1347 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330823"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are 1155 1348 used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX 1156 1349 directories.</p><p>When a directory is created, the necessary permissions are … … 1163 1356 and 'other' write bits from the UNIX mode, allowing only the 1164 1357 user who owns the directory to modify it.</p><p>Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode 1165 created from this parameter with the value of the <a class=" indexterm" name="id306842"></a>force directory modeparameter.1358 created from this parameter with the value of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE">force directory mode</a> parameter. 1166 1359 This parameter is set to 000 by default (i.e. no extra mode bits are added).</p><p>Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions 1167 1360 set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce 1168 a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <a class=" indexterm" name="id306854"></a>directory security mask.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code>1361 a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK">directory security mask</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 1169 1362 </em></span> 1170 1363 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code> 1171 1364 </em></span> 1172 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a>directory security mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits 1173 can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX 1174 permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog 1365 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330915"></a> 1366 1367 directory security mask (S) 1368 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330916"></a><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits 1369 will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX 1370 permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog 1175 1371 box.</p><p> 1176 This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to the changed permission bits, thus preventing any bits not 1177 in this mask from being modified. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="indexterm" name="id306924"></a>force directory security mode, which works similar like this one but uses logical OR instead of AND. 1178 Essentially, zero bits in this mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is not allowed to change. 1179 </p><p>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to 0777 1180 meaning a user is allowed to modify all the user/group/world 1372 This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to the incoming permission bits, thus resetting 1373 any bits not in this mask. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE">force directory security mode</a>, which works similar like this one but uses logical OR instead of AND. 1374 Essentially, zero bits in this mask are a set of bits that will always be set to zero. 1375 </p><p> 1376 Essentially, all bits set to zero in this mask will result in setting to zero the corresponding bits on the 1377 file permissions regardless of the previous status of this bits on the file. 1378 </p><p>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to 0777 1379 meaning a user is allowed to set all the user/group/world 1181 1380 permissions on a directory.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> that users who can access the 1182 1381 Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, … … 1187 1386 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0700</code> 1188 1387 </em></span> 1189 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a>disable netbios (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support 1388 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331003"></a> 1389 1390 disable netbios (G) 1391 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331004"></a><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support 1190 1392 in Samba. Netbios is the only available form of browsing in 1191 1393 all windows versions except for 2000 and XP. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Clients that only support netbios won't be able to … … 1193 1395 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>disable netbios</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1194 1396 </em></span> 1195 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a>disable spoolss (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support 1397 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331047"></a> 1398 1399 disable spoolss (G) 1400 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331048"></a><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support 1196 1401 for the SPOOLSS set of MS-RPC's and will yield identical behavior 1197 1402 as Samba 2.0.x. Windows NT/2000 clients will downgrade to using … … 1205 1410 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>disable spoolss</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1206 1411 </em></span> 1207 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a>display charset (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 1412 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331092"></a> 1413 1414 display charset (G) 1415 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331093"></a><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1208 1416 Specifies the charset that samba will use to print messages to stdout and stderr. 1209 1417 The default value is "LOCALE", which means automatically set, depending on the 1210 1418 current locale. The value should generally be the same as the value of the parameter 1211 <a class=" indexterm" name="id258203"></a>unix charset.1419 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET">unix charset</a>. 1212 1420 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>display charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">"LOCALE" or "ASCII" (depending on the system)</code> 1213 1421 </em></span> 1214 1422 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>display charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">UTF8</code> 1215 1423 </em></span> 1216 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a>dmapi support (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to 1424 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331154"></a> 1425 1426 dmapi support (S) 1427 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331155"></a><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to 1217 1428 determine whether a file is offline or not. This would typically 1218 1429 be used in conjunction with a hierarchical storage system that … … 1229 1440 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dmapi support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1230 1441 </em></span> 1231 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DNSPROXY"></a>dns proxy (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and 1442 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331207"></a> 1443 1444 dns proxy (G) 1445 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331208"></a><a name="DNSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and 1232 1446 finding that a NetBIOS name has not been registered, should treat the 1233 1447 NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS name and do a lookup with the DNS server … … 1238 1452 action.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dns proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1239 1453 </em></span> 1240 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a>domain logons (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 1454 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331266"></a> 1455 1456 domain logons (G) 1457 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331267"></a><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1241 1458 If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, the Samba server will 1242 1459 provide the netlogon service for Windows 9X network logons for the 1243 <a class=" indexterm" name="id307348"></a>workgroupit is in.1460 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> it is in. 1244 1461 This will also cause the Samba server to act as a domain 1245 1462 controller for NT4 style domain services. For more details on … … 1248 1465 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain logons</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1249 1466 </em></span> 1250 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a>domain master (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 1251 Tell <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to enable 1467 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331316"></a> 1468 1469 domain master (G) 1470 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331317"></a><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1471 Tell <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to enable 1252 1472 WAN-wide browse list collation. Setting this option causes <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to claim a 1253 1473 special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given 1254 <a class=" indexterm" name="id307410"></a>workgroup. Local master browsers in the same <a class="indexterm" name="id307417"></a>workgroupon1474 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a>. Local master browsers in the same <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> on 1255 1475 broadcast-isolated subnets will give this <code class="literal">nmbd</code> their local browse lists, 1256 and then ask <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> for a1476 and then ask <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> for a 1257 1477 complete copy of the browse list for the whole wide area network. Browser clients will then contact their 1258 1478 local master browser, and will receive the domain-wide browse list, instead of just the list for their 1259 1479 broadcast-isolated subnet. 1260 1480 </p><p> 1261 Note that Windows NT Primary Domain Controllers expect to be able to claim this <a class=" indexterm" name="id307445"></a>workgroupspecific special NetBIOS name that identifies them as domain master browsers for that1262 <a class=" indexterm" name="id307453"></a>workgroupby default (i.e. there is no way to prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting1481 Note that Windows NT Primary Domain Controllers expect to be able to claim this <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> specific special NetBIOS name that identifies them as domain master browsers for that 1482 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> by default (i.e. there is no way to prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting 1263 1483 to do this). This means that if this parameter is set and <code class="literal">nmbd</code> claims the 1264 special name for a <a class=" indexterm" name="id307467"></a>workgroupbefore a Windows NT PDC is able to do so then cross1484 special name for a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> before a Windows NT PDC is able to do so then cross 1265 1485 subnet browsing will behave strangely and may fail. 1266 1486 </p><p> 1267 If <a class=" indexterm" name="id307478"></a>domain logons = yes, then the default behavior is to enable the1268 <a class=" indexterm" name="id307486"></a>domain master parameter. If <a class="indexterm" name="id307493"></a>domain logonsis not enabled (the1269 default setting), then neither will <a class=" indexterm" name="id307501"></a>domain masterbe enabled by default.1270 </p><p> 1271 When <a class=" indexterm" name="id307511"></a>domain logons = Yesthe default setting for this parameter is1272 Yes, with the result that Samba will be a PDC. If <a class=" indexterm" name="id307519"></a>domain master = No,1487 If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS">domain logons = yes</a>, then the default behavior is to enable the 1488 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER">domain master</a> parameter. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS">domain logons</a> is not enabled (the 1489 default setting), then neither will <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER">domain master</a> be enabled by default. 1490 </p><p> 1491 When <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS">domain logons = Yes</a> the default setting for this parameter is 1492 Yes, with the result that Samba will be a PDC. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER">domain master = No</a>, 1273 1493 Samba will function as a BDC. In general, this parameter should be set to 'No' only on a BDC. 1274 1494 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 1275 1495 </em></span> 1276 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a>dont descend (S)</span></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems 1496 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331483"></a> 1497 1498 dont descend (S) 1499 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331484"></a><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems 1277 1500 (e.g., the <code class="filename">/proc</code> tree under Linux) that are either not 1278 1501 of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive). This … … 1285 1508 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dont descend</code></em> = <code class="literal">/proc,/dev</code> 1286 1509 </em></span> 1287 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a>dos charset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has 1510 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331557"></a> 1511 1512 dos charset (G) 1513 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331558"></a><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has 1288 1514 the same charset as they do. This option specifies which 1289 1515 charset Samba should talk to DOS clients. 1290 1516 </p><p>The default depends on which charsets you have installed. 1291 1517 Samba tries to use charset 850 but falls back to ASCII in 1292 case it is not available. Run <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a>dos filemode (S)</span></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide 1518 case it is not available. Run <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331596"></a> 1519 1520 dos filemode (S) 1521 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331597"></a><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide 1293 1522 UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is 1294 1523 able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior … … 1300 1529 Ownership of the file/directory may also be changed.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filemode</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1301 1530 </em></span> 1302 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a>dos filetime resolution (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest 1531 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331637"></a> 1532 1533 dos filetime resolution (S) 1534 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331638"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest 1303 1535 granularity on time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter 1304 1536 for a share causes Samba to round the reported time down to the 1305 1537 nearest two second boundary when a query call that requires one second 1306 resolution is made to <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p><p>This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual1538 resolution is made to <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p><p>This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual 1307 1539 C++ when used against Samba shares. If oplocks are enabled on a 1308 1540 share, Visual C++ uses two different time reading calls to check if a … … 1315 1547 happy.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetime resolution</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1316 1548 </em></span> 1317 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a>dos filetimes (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a 1549 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331693"></a> 1550 1551 dos filetimes (S) 1552 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331694"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a 1318 1553 file they can change the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics, 1319 1554 only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp. By … … 1321 1556 timestamp on a file if the user <code class="literal">smbd</code> is acting 1322 1557 on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option to <code class="constant"> 1323 yes</code> allows DOS semantics and <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will change the file1558 yes</code> allows DOS semantics and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will change the file 1324 1559 timestamp as DOS requires. Due to changes in Microsoft Office 2000 and beyond, 1325 1560 the default for this parameter has been changed from "no" to "yes" in Samba 3.0.14 … … 1329 1564 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetimes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1330 1565 </em></span> 1331 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="EASUPPORT"></a>ea support (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended 1566 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331752"></a> 1567 1568 ea support (S) 1569 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331753"></a><a name="EASUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended 1332 1570 attributes on a share. In order to enable this parameter the underlying filesystem exported by 1333 1571 the share must support extended attributes (such as provided on XFS and EXT3 on Linux, with the … … 1336 1574 extended attributes must be compiled into the Linux kernel.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ea support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1337 1575 </em></span> 1338 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a>enable asu support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product 1576 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331800"></a> 1577 1578 enable asu support (G) 1579 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331801"></a><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product 1339 1580 require some special accomodations such as creating a builting [ADMIN$] 1340 1581 share that only supports IPC connections. The has been the default … … 1344 1585 an [ADMIN$] file share in smb.conf.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable asu support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1345 1586 </em></span> 1346 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a>enable privileges (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 1587 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331841"></a> 1588 1589 enable privileges (G) 1590 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331842"></a><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1347 1591 This parameter controls whether or not smbd will honor privileges assigned to specific SIDs via either 1348 1592 <code class="literal">net rpc rights</code> or one of the Windows user and group manager tools. This parameter is … … 1357 1601 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable privileges</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1358 1602 </em></span> 1359 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a>encrypt passwords (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords 1603 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331896"></a> 1604 1605 encrypt passwords (G) 1606 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331897"></a><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords 1360 1607 will be negotiated with the client. Note that Windows NT 4.0 SP3 and 1361 1608 above and also Windows 98 will by default expect encrypted passwords … … 1374 1621 plain text passwords you must set this parameter to no. 1375 1622 </p><p>In order for encrypted passwords to work correctly 1376 <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> must either1377 have access to a local <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> file (see the <ahref="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> program for information on how to set up1378 and maintain this file), or set the <a class=" indexterm" name="id308038"></a>security = [server|domain|ads]parameter which1623 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> must either 1624 have access to a local <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> file (see the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> program for information on how to set up 1625 and maintain this file), or set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = [server|domain|ads]</a> parameter which 1379 1626 causes <code class="literal">smbd</code> to authenticate against another 1380 1627 server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>encrypt passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1381 1628 </em></span> 1382 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a>enhanced browsing (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to 1629 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331987"></a> 1630 1631 enhanced browsing (G) 1632 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331988"></a><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to 1383 1633 cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba 1384 1634 but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations. … … 1393 1643 cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enhanced browsing</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1394 1644 </em></span> 1395 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a>enumports command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign 1645 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332041"></a> 1646 1647 enumports command (G) 1648 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332042"></a><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign 1396 1649 to UNIX hosts. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port 1397 1650 is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of … … 1410 1663 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enumports command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/listports</code> 1411 1664 </em></span> 1412 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a>eventlog list (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will 1665 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332116"></a> 1666 1667 eventlog list (G) 1668 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332117"></a><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will 1413 1669 report to the Microsoft EventViewer utility. The listed 1414 1670 eventlogs will be associated with tdb file on disk in the … … 1423 1679 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>eventlog list</code></em> = <code class="literal">Security Application Syslog Apache</code> 1424 1680 </em></span> 1425 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a>fake directory create times (S)</span></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create 1681 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332185"></a> 1682 1683 fake directory create times (S) 1684 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332186"></a><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create 1426 1685 time for all files and directories. This is not the same as the 1427 1686 ctime - status change time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default … … 1445 1704 will proceed as expected.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake directory create times</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1446 1705 </em></span> 1447 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a>fake oplocks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission 1706 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332240"></a> 1707 1708 fake oplocks (S) 1709 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332241"></a><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission 1448 1710 from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants 1449 1711 an oplock (opportunistic lock) then the client is free to assume … … 1451 1713 cache file data. With some oplock types the client may even cache 1452 1714 file open/close operations. This can give enormous performance benefits. 1453 </p><p>When you set <code class="literal">fake oplocks = yes</code>, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will1454 always grant oplock requests no matter how many clients are using the file.</p><p>It is generally much better to use the real <a class=" indexterm" name="id308378"></a>oplockssupport rather1715 </p><p>When you set <code class="literal">fake oplocks = yes</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will 1716 always grant oplock requests no matter how many clients are using the file.</p><p>It is generally much better to use the real <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS">oplocks</a> support rather 1455 1717 than this parameter.</p><p>If you enable this option on all read-only shares or 1456 1718 shares that you know will only be accessed from one client at a … … 1461 1723 this option carefully!</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1462 1724 </em></span> 1463 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a>follow symlinks (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 1464 This parameter allows the Samba administrator to stop <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this 1725 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332314"></a> 1726 1727 follow symlinks (S) 1728 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332315"></a><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1729 This parameter allows the Samba administrator to stop <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this 1465 1730 parameter to <code class="constant">no</code> prevents any file or directory that is a symbolic link from being 1466 1731 followed (the user will get an error). This option is very useful to stop users from adding a symbolic … … 1471 1736 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>follow symlinks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1472 1737 </em></span> 1473 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a>force create mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 1738 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332379"></a> 1739 1740 force create mode (S) 1741 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332380"></a><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 1474 1742 permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a 1475 1743 file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto … … 1484 1752 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force create mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 1485 1753 </em></span> 1486 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a>force directory mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 1754 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332448"></a> 1755 1756 force directory mode (S) 1757 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332450"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit 1487 1758 permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a directory 1488 1759 created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the … … 1497 1768 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code> 1498 1769 </em></span> 1499 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a>force directory security mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 1770 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332518"></a> 1771 1772 force directory security mode (S) 1773 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332519"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1500 1774 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 1501 1775 the UNIX permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog box. 1502 1776 </p><p> 1503 1777 This parameter is applied as a mask (OR'ed with) to the changed permission bits, thus forcing any bits in this 1504 mask that the user may have modified to be on. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class=" indexterm" name="id308652"></a>directory security mask, which works in a similar manner to this one, but uses a logical AND instead1778 mask that the user may have modified to be on. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK">directory security mask</a>, which works in a similar manner to this one, but uses a logical AND instead 1505 1779 of an OR. 1506 1780 </p><p> … … 1518 1792 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code> 1519 1793 </em></span> 1520 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GROUP"></a>group</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for force group.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a>force group (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be 1794 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332602"></a><a name="GROUP"></a>group</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332603"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#FORCEGROUP">force group</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332627"></a> 1795 1796 force group (S) 1797 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332628"></a><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be 1521 1798 assigned as the default primary group for all users connecting 1522 1799 to this service. This is useful for sharing files by ensuring … … 1536 1813 primary group assigned to sys when accessing this Samba share. All 1537 1814 other users will retain their ordinary primary group.</p><p> 1538 If the <a class=" indexterm" name="id308775"></a>force userparameter is also set the group specified in1815 If the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEUSER">force user</a> parameter is also set the group specified in 1539 1816 <em class="parameter"><code>force group</code></em> will override the primary group 1540 1817 set in <em class="parameter"><code>force user</code></em>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force group</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 1542 1819 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force group</code></em> = <code class="literal">agroup</code> 1543 1820 </em></span> 1544 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a>force printername (S)</span></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later), 1821 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332718"></a> 1822 1823 force printername (S) 1824 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332719"></a><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later), 1545 1825 each printer in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> has two 1546 1826 associated names which can be used by the client. The first … … 1565 1845 folder.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force printername</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1566 1846 </em></span> 1567 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a>force security mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 1847 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332792"></a> 1848 1849 force security mode (S) 1850 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332793"></a><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1568 1851 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating 1569 1852 the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. 1570 1853 </p><p> 1571 1854 This parameter is applied as a mask (OR'ed with) to the changed permission bits, thus forcing any bits in this 1572 mask that the user may have modified to be on. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class=" indexterm" name="id308932"></a>security mask, which works similar like this one but uses logical AND instead of OR.1855 mask that the user may have modified to be on. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYMASK">security mask</a>, which works similar like this one but uses logical AND instead of OR. 1573 1856 </p><p> 1574 1857 Essentially, one bits in this mask may be treated as a set of bits that, when modifying security on a file, … … 1585 1868 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code> 1586 1869 </em></span> 1587 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a>force unknown acl user (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 1870 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332876"></a> 1871 1872 force unknown acl user (S) 1873 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332877"></a><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1588 1874 If this parameter is set, a Windows NT ACL that contains an unknown SID (security descriptor, or 1589 1875 representation of a user or group id) as the owner or group owner of the file will be silently … … 1599 1885 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force unknown acl user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1600 1886 </em></span> 1601 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEUSER"></a>force user (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be 1887 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332929"></a> 1888 1889 force user (S) 1890 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332930"></a><a name="FORCEUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be 1602 1891 assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service. 1603 1892 This is useful for sharing files. You should also use it carefully … … 1613 1902 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force user</code></em> = <code class="literal">auser</code> 1614 1903 </em></span> 1615 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FSTYPE"></a>fstype (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 1904 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332994"></a> 1905 1906 fstype (S) 1907 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332995"></a><a name="FSTYPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1616 1908 This parameter allows the administrator to configure the string that specifies the type of filesystem a share 1617 is using that is reported by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>1909 is using that is reported by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> 1618 1910 when a client queries the filesystem type for a share. The default type is <code class="constant">NTFS</code> for compatibility 1619 1911 with Windows NT but this can be changed to other strings such as <code class="constant">Samba</code> or <code class="constant">FAT</code> … … 1623 1915 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fstype</code></em> = <code class="literal">Samba</code> 1624 1916 </em></span> 1625 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a>get quota command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used 1917 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333067"></a> 1918 1919 get quota command (G) 1920 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333068"></a><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used 1626 1921 whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that 1627 1922 samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available with <code class="literal">./configure --with-sys-quotas</code>. … … 1635 1930 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>get quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/query_quota</code> 1636 1931 </em></span> 1637 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a>getwd cache (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a 1932 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333230"></a> 1933 1934 getwd cache (G) 1935 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333231"></a><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a 1638 1936 caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd() 1639 1937 calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially 1640 when the <a class="indexterm" name="id309382"></a>wide smbconfoptions parameter is set to <code class="constant">no</code>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>getwd cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1641 </em></span> 1642 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a>guest account (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access 1643 to services which are specified as <a class="indexterm" name="id309432"></a>guest ok (see below). Whatever privileges this 1938 when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WIDESMBCONFOPTIONS">wide smbconfoptions</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">no</code>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>getwd cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1939 </em></span> 1940 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333279"></a> 1941 1942 guest account (G) 1943 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333280"></a><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access 1944 to services which are specified as <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK">guest ok</a> (see below). Whatever privileges this 1644 1945 user has will be available to any client connecting to the guest service. 1645 1946 This user must exist in the password file, but does not require … … 1658 1959 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest account</code></em> = <code class="literal">ftp</code> 1659 1960 </em></span> 1660 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PUBLIC"></a>public</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for guest ok.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTOK"></a>guest ok (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 1961 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333368"></a><a name="PUBLIC"></a>public</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333369"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTOK">guest ok</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333393"></a> 1962 1963 guest ok (S) 1964 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333394"></a><a name="GUESTOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 1661 1965 a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. 1662 Privileges will be those of the <a class=" indexterm" name="id309550"></a>guest account.</p><p>This paramater nullifies the benifits of setting1663 <a class=" indexterm" name="id309561"></a>restrict anonymous = 21664 </p><p>See the section below on <a class=" indexterm" name="id309572"></a>securityfor more information about this option.1966 Privileges will be those of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a>.</p><p>This paramater nullifies the benifits of setting 1967 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#RESTRICTANONYMOUS">restrict anonymous = 2</a> 1968 </p><p>See the section below on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security</a> for more information about this option. 1665 1969 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest ok</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1666 1970 </em></span> 1667 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ONLYGUEST"></a>only guest</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for guest only.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTONLY"></a>guest only (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 1971 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333462"></a><a name="ONLYGUEST"></a>only guest</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333463"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTONLY">guest only</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333487"></a> 1972 1973 guest only (S) 1974 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333488"></a><a name="GUESTONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for 1668 1975 a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted. 1669 This parameter will have no effect if <a class=" indexterm" name="id309642"></a>guest ok is not set for the service.</p><p>See the section below on <a class="indexterm" name="id309653"></a>securityfor more information about this option.1976 This parameter will have no effect if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK">guest ok</a> is not set for the service.</p><p>See the section below on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security</a> for more information about this option. 1670 1977 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1671 1978 </em></span> 1672 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a>hide dot files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether 1979 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333546"></a> 1980 1981 hide dot files (S) 1982 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333547"></a><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether 1673 1983 files starting with a dot appear as hidden files.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide dot files</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1674 1984 </em></span> 1675 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEFILES"></a>hide files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not 1985 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333584"></a> 1986 1987 hide files (S) 1988 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333585"></a><a name="HIDEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not 1676 1989 visible but are accessible. The DOS 'hidden' attribute is applied 1677 1990 to any files or directories that match.</p><p>Each entry in the list must be separated by a '/', … … 1684 1997 as they are scanned.</p><p> 1685 1998 The example shown above is based on files that the Macintosh 1686 SMB client (DAVE) available from <a href="http://www.thursby.com" target="_top">1999 SMB client (DAVE) available from <a class="ulink" href="http://www.thursby.com" target="_top"> 1687 2000 Thursby</a> creates for internal use, and also still hides 1688 2001 all files beginning with a dot. … … 1695 2008 # no file are hidden</code> 1696 2009 </em></span> 1697 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a>hide special files (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 2010 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333659"></a> 2011 2012 hide special files (S) 2013 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333660"></a><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1698 2014 This parameter prevents clients from seeing special files such as sockets, devices and 1699 2015 fifo's in directory listings. 1700 2016 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide special files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1701 2017 </em></span> 1702 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a>hide unreadable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the 2018 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333697"></a> 2019 2020 hide unreadable (S) 2021 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333698"></a><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the 1703 2022 existance of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide unreadable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1704 2023 </em></span> 1705 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a>hide unwriteable files (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 2024 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333735"></a> 2025 2026 hide unwriteable files (S) 2027 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333736"></a><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1706 2028 This parameter prevents clients from seeing the existance of files that cannot be written to. 1707 2029 Defaults to off. Note that unwriteable directories are shown as usual. 1708 2030 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide unwriteable files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1709 2031 </em></span> 1710 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a>homedir map (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 1711 If <a class="indexterm" name="id309932"></a>nis homedir is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> is also acting as a Win95/98 <em class="parameter"><code>logon server</code></em> 2032 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333773"></a> 2033 2034 homedir map (G) 2035 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333774"></a><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2036 If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NISHOMEDIR">nis homedir</a> is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> is also acting as a Win95/98 <em class="parameter"><code>logon server</code></em> 1712 2037 then this parameter specifies the NIS (or YP) map from which the server for the user's home directory should be extracted. 1713 2038 At present, only the Sun auto.home map format is understood. The form of the map is: … … 1723 2048 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>homedir map</code></em> = <code class="literal">amd.homedir</code> 1724 2049 </em></span> 1725 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a>host msdfs (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2050 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333870"></a> 2051 2052 host msdfs (G) 2053 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333871"></a><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1726 2054 If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba will act as a Dfs server, and allow Dfs-aware clients to browse 1727 2055 Dfs trees hosted on the server. 1728 2056 </p><p> 1729 See also the <a class=" indexterm" name="id310039"></a>msdfs rootshare level parameter. For more information on2057 See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MSDFSROOT">msdfs root</a> share level parameter. For more information on 1730 2058 setting up a Dfs tree on Samba, refer to the MSFDS chapter in the book Samba3-HOWTO. 1731 2059 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>host msdfs</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1732 2060 </em></span> 1733 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a>hostname lookups (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive) 2061 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333932"></a> 2062 2063 hostname lookups (G) 2064 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333933"></a><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive) 1734 2065 hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead. An example place 1735 2066 where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking … … 1739 2070 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hostname lookups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1740 2071 </em></span> 1741 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALLOWHOSTS"></a>allow hosts</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for hosts allow.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a>hosts allow (S)</span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <a class="indexterm" name="id310176"></a>allow hosts.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited 2072 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334002"></a><a name="ALLOWHOSTS"></a>allow hosts</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334003"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334033"></a> 2073 2074 hosts allow (S) 2075 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334034"></a><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ALLOWHOSTS">allow hosts</a>.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited 1742 2076 set of hosts which are permitted to access a service.</p><p>If specified in the [global] section then it will 1743 2077 apply to all services, regardless of whether the individual … … 1749 2083 page may not be present on your system, so a brief description will 1750 2084 be given here also.</p><p>Note that the localhost address 127.0.0.1 will always 1751 be allowed access unless specifically denied by a <a class=" indexterm" name="id310214"></a>hosts denyoption.</p><p>You can also specify hosts by network/netmask pairs and2085 be allowed access unless specifically denied by a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a> option.</p><p>You can also specify hosts by network/netmask pairs and 1752 2086 by netgroup names if your system supports netgroups. The 1753 2087 <span class="emphasis"><em>EXCEPT</em></span> keyword can also be used to limit a 1754 2088 wildcard list. The following examples may provide some help:</p><p>Example 1: allow all IPs in 150.203.*.*; except one</p><p><code class="literal">hosts allow = 150.203. EXCEPT 150.203.6.66</code></p><p>Example 2: allow hosts that match the given network/netmask</p><p><code class="literal">hosts allow = 150.203.15.0/255.255.255.0</code></p><p>Example 3: allow a couple of hosts</p><p><code class="literal">hosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur</code></p><p>Example 4: allow only hosts in NIS netgroup "foonet", but 1755 deny access from one particular host</p><p><code class="literal">hosts allow = @foonet</code></p><p><code class="literal">hosts deny = pirate</code></p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords.</p></div><p>See <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> for a way of testing your host access2089 deny access from one particular host</p><p><code class="literal">hosts allow = @foonet</code></p><p><code class="literal">hosts deny = pirate</code></p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords.</p></div><p>See <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> for a way of testing your host access 1756 2090 to see if it does what you expect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> = <code class="literal"> 1757 2091 # none (i.e., all hosts permitted access)</code> … … 1759 2093 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au</code> 1760 2094 </em></span> 1761 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DENYHOSTS"></a>deny hosts</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for hosts deny.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a>hosts deny (S)</span></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> 2095 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334221"></a><a name="DENYHOSTS"></a>deny hosts</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334222"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334251"></a> 2096 2097 hosts deny (S) 2098 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334252"></a><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> 1762 2099 - hosts listed here are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> permitted access to 1763 2100 services unless the specific services have their own lists to override … … 1766 2103 In the event that it is necessary to deny all by default, use the keyword 1767 2104 ALL (or the netmask <code class="literal">0.0.0.0/0</code>) and then explicitly specify 1768 to the <a class=" indexterm" name="id310401"></a>hosts allow = hosts allowparameter those hosts2105 to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow = hosts allow</a> parameter those hosts 1769 2106 that should be permitted access. 1770 2107 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts deny</code></em> = <code class="literal"> … … 1773 2110 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts deny</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au</code> 1774 2111 </em></span> 1775 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a>idmap alloc backend (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2112 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334347"></a> 2113 2114 idmap alloc backend (G) 2115 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334348"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1776 2116 The idmap alloc backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use 1777 2117 when allocating Unix uids/gids for Windows SIDs. This option is 1778 to be used in conjunction with the <a class=" indexterm" name="id310466"></a>idmap domains2118 to be used in conjunction with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a> 1779 2119 parameter and refers to the name of the idmap module which will provide 1780 2120 the id allocation functionality. Please refer to the man page 1781 2121 for each idmap plugin to determine whether or not the module implements 1782 the allocation feature. The most common plugins are the tdb (<a href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a>)1783 and ldap (<a href="idmap_ldap.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_ldap</span>(8)</span></a>) libraries.1784 </p><p>Also refer to the <a class=" indexterm" name="id310495"></a>idmap alloc configoption.2122 the allocation feature. The most common plugins are the tdb (<a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a>) 2123 and ldap (<a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_ldap.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_ldap</span>(8)</span></a>) libraries. 2124 </p><p>Also refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCCONFIG">idmap alloc config</a> option. 1785 2125 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap alloc backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdb</code> 1786 2126 </em></span> 1787 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPALLOCCONFIG"></a>idmap alloc config (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2127 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334438"></a> 2128 2129 idmap alloc config (G) 2130 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334439"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1788 2131 The idmap alloc config prefix provides a means of managing settings 1789 for the backend defined by the <a class=" indexterm" name="id310546"></a>idmap alloc backend2132 for the backend defined by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCBACKEND">idmap alloc backend</a> 1790 2133 parameter. Refer to the man page for each idmap plugin regarding 1791 2134 specific configuration details. 1792 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a>idmap backend (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2135 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334478"></a> 2136 2137 idmap backend (G) 2138 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334479"></a><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1793 2139 The idmap backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use 1794 2140 varying backends to store SID/uid/gid mapping tables. This 1795 2141 option is mutually exclusive with the newer and more flexible 1796 <a class=" indexterm" name="id310581"></a>idmap domainsparameter. The main difference2142 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a> parameter. The main difference 1797 2143 between the "idmap backend" and the "idmap domains" 1798 2144 is that the former only allows on backend for all domains while the 1799 2145 latter supports configuring backends on a per domain basis. 1800 </p><p>Examples of SID/uid/gid backends include tdb (<a href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a>),1801 ldap (<a href="idmap_ldap.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_ldap</span>(8)</span></a>), rid (<ahref="idmap_rid.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_rid</span>(8)</span></a>),1802 and ad (<a href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a>).2146 </p><p>Examples of SID/uid/gid backends include tdb (<a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a>), 2147 ldap (<a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_ldap.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_ldap</span>(8)</span></a>), rid (<a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_rid.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_rid</span>(8)</span></a>), 2148 and ad (<a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a>). 1803 2149 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdb</code> 1804 2150 </em></span> 1805 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPCACHETIME"></a>idmap cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's 2151 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334568"></a> 2152 2153 idmap cache time (G) 2154 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334569"></a><a name="IDMAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's 1806 2155 idmap interface will cache positive SID/uid/gid query results. 1807 2156 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">900</code> 1808 2157 </em></span> 1809 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPCONFIG"></a>idmap config (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2158 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334609"></a> 2159 2160 idmap config (G) 2161 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334610"></a><a name="IDMAPCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1810 2162 The idmap config prefix provides a means of managing each domain 1811 defined by the <a class=" indexterm" name="id310703"></a>idmap domainsoption using Samba's2163 defined by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a> option using Samba's 1812 2164 parameteric option support. The idmap config prefix should be 1813 2165 followed by the name of the domain, a colon, and a setting specific to … … 1823 2175 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">readonly = [yes|no]</span></dt><dd><p> 1824 2176 Mark the domain as readonly which means that no attempts to 1825 allocate a uid or gid (by the <a class=" indexterm" name="id310750"></a>idmap alloc backend) for any user or group in that domain2177 allocate a uid or gid (by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCBACKEND">idmap alloc backend</a>) for any user or group in that domain 1826 2178 will be attempted. 1827 2179 </p></dd></dl></div><p> 1828 The following example illustrates how to configure the <a href="idmap_ad.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_ad</span>(8)</span></a>1829 for the CORP domain and the <a href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a> backend for all other domains. The2180 The following example illustrates how to configure the <a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_ad.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_ad</span>(8)</span></a> 2181 for the CORP domain and the <a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a> backend for all other domains. The 1830 2182 TRUSTEDDOMAINS string is simply a key used to reference the "idmap 1831 2183 config" settings and does not represent the actual name of a domain. … … 1839 2191 idmap config TRUSTEDDOMAINS:default = yes 1840 2192 idmap config TRUSTEDDOMAINS:range = 1000 - 9999 1841 </pre><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPDOMAINS"></a>idmap domains (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2193 </pre><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334730"></a> 2194 2195 idmap domains (G) 2196 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334731"></a><a name="IDMAPDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1842 2197 The idmap domains option defines a list of Windows domains which will each 1843 2198 have a separately configured backend for managing Winbind's SID/uid/gid 1844 tables. This parameter is mutually exclusive with the older <a class=" indexterm" name="id310818"></a>idmap backendoption.2199 tables. This parameter is mutually exclusive with the older <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND">idmap backend</a> option. 1845 2200 </p><p> 1846 2201 Values consist of the short domain name for Winbind's primary or collection … … 1848 2203 domain backend for any domain not explicitly listed. 1849 2204 </p><p> 1850 Refer to the <a class=" indexterm" name="id310834"></a>idmap configfor details about2205 Refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPCONFIG">idmap config</a> for details about 1851 2206 managing the SID/uid/gid backend for each domain. 1852 2207 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap domains</code></em> = <code class="literal">default AD CORP</code> 1853 2208 </em></span> 1854 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDGID"></a>winbind gid</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for idmap gid.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPGID"></a>idmap gid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids 2209 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334808"></a><a name="WINBINDGID"></a>winbind gid</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334809"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334838"></a> 2210 2211 idmap gid (G) 2212 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334839"></a><a name="IDMAPGID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids 1855 2213 that are allocated for the purpose of mapping UNX groups to NT group 1856 2214 SIDs. This range of group ids should have no 1857 2215 existing local or NIS groups within it as strange conflicts can 1858 occur otherwise.</p><p>See also the <a class=" indexterm" name="id310911"></a>idmap backend, <a class="indexterm" name="id310918"></a>idmap domains, and <a class="indexterm" name="id310925"></a>idmap configoptions.2216 occur otherwise.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND">idmap backend</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a>, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPCONFIG">idmap config</a> options. 1859 2217 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap gid</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 1860 2218 </em></span> 1861 2219 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap gid</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000-20000</code> 1862 2220 </em></span> 1863 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPNEGATIVECACHETIME"></a>idmap negative cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's 2221 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334932"></a> 2222 2223 idmap negative cache time (G) 2224 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334933"></a><a name="IDMAPNEGATIVECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's 1864 2225 idmap interface will cache negative SID/uid/gid query results. 1865 2226 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap negative cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">120</code> 1866 2227 </em></span> 1867 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDUID"></a>winbind uid</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for idmap uid.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPUID"></a>idmap uid (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2228 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334974"></a><a name="WINBINDUID"></a>winbind uid</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334975"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335004"></a> 2229 2230 idmap uid (G) 2231 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335005"></a><a name="IDMAPUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1868 2232 The idmap uid parameter specifies the range of user ids that are 1869 2233 allocated for use in mapping UNIX users to NT user SIDs. This 1870 2234 range of ids should have no existing local 1871 or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</p><p>See also the <a class=" indexterm" name="id311053"></a>idmap backend, <a class="indexterm" name="id311060"></a>idmap domains, and <a class="indexterm" name="id311067"></a>idmap configoptions.2235 or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND">idmap backend</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a>, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPCONFIG">idmap config</a> options. 1872 2236 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap uid</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 1873 2237 </em></span> 1874 2238 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000-20000</code> 1875 2239 </em></span> 1876 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INCLUDE"></a>include (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2240 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335097"></a> 2241 2242 include (G) 2243 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335098"></a><a name="INCLUDE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 1877 2244 This allows you to include one config file inside another. The file is included literally, as though typed 1878 2245 in place. … … 1884 2251 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>include</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf</code> 1885 2252 </em></span> 1886 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INHERITACLS"></a>inherit acls (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls 2253 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335174"></a> 2254 2255 inherit acls (S) 2256 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335176"></a><a name="INHERITACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls 1887 2257 exist on parent directories, they are always honored when creating a 1888 2258 new file or subdirectory in these parent directories. The default … … 1892 2262 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1893 2263 </em></span> 1894 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a>inherit owner (S)</span></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories 2264 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335218"></a> 2265 2266 inherit owner (S) 2267 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335219"></a><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories 1895 2268 is normally governed by effective uid of the connected user. 1896 2269 This option allows the Samba administrator to specify that … … 1901 2274 roaming profile directory are actually owner by the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit owner</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1902 2275 </em></span> 1903 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a>inherit permissions (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 1904 The permissions on new files and directories are normally governed by <a class="indexterm" name="id311291"></a>create mask, 1905 <a class="indexterm" name="id311298"></a>directory mask, <a class="indexterm" name="id311305"></a>force create mode and <a class="indexterm" name="id311312"></a>force directory mode but the boolean inherit permissions parameter overrides this. 2276 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335266"></a> 2277 2278 inherit permissions (S) 2279 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335267"></a><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2280 The permissions on new files and directories are normally governed by <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>, 2281 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE">force create mode</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE">force directory mode</a> but the boolean inherit permissions parameter overrides this. 1906 2282 </p><p>New directories inherit the mode of the parent directory, 1907 2283 including bits such as setgid.</p><p> 1908 2284 New files inherit their read/write bits from the parent directory. Their execute bits continue to be 1909 determined by <a class=" indexterm" name="id311328"></a>map archive, <a class="indexterm" name="id311335"></a>map hidden and <a class="indexterm" name="id311342"></a>map systemas usual.2285 determined by <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPARCHIVE">map archive</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPHIDDEN">map hidden</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPSYSTEM">map system</a> as usual. 1910 2286 </p><p>Note that the setuid bit is <span class="emphasis"><em>never</em></span> set via 1911 2287 inheritance (the code explicitly prohibits this).</p><p>This can be particularly useful on large systems with … … 1913 2289 share to be used flexibly by each user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit permissions</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 1914 2290 </em></span> 1915 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INTERFACES"></a>interfaces (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default 2291 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335403"></a> 2292 2293 interfaces (G) 2294 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335404"></a><a name="INTERFACES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default 1916 2295 network interfaces list that Samba will use for browsing, name 1917 2296 registration and other NBT traffic. By default Samba will query … … 1937 2316 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>interfaces</code></em> = <code class="literal">eth0 192.168.2.10/24 192.168.3.10/255.255.255.0</code> 1938 2317 </em></span> 1939 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a>invalid users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed 2318 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335508"></a> 2319 2320 invalid users (S) 2321 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335509"></a><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed 1940 2322 to login to this service. This is really a <span class="emphasis"><em>paranoid</em></span> 1941 2323 check to absolutely ensure an improper setting does not breach … … 1957 2339 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>invalid users</code></em> = <code class="literal">root fred admin @wheel</code> 1958 2340 </em></span> 1959 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IPRINTSERVER"></a>iprint server (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 1960 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="indexterm" name="id311602"></a>printing is set to <code class="constant">iprint</code>. 2341 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335608"></a> 2342 2343 iprint server (G) 2344 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335609"></a><a name="IPRINTSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2345 This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">iprint</code>. 1961 2346 </p><p> 1962 2347 If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS <code class="filename">client.conf</code>. This is … … 1966 2351 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>iprint server</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYCUPSSERVER</code> 1967 2352 </em></span> 1968 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a>keepalive (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents 2353 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335690"></a> 2354 2355 keepalive (G) 2356 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335692"></a><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents 1969 2357 the number of seconds between <em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> 1970 2358 packets. If this parameter is zero, no keepalive packets will be 1971 2359 sent. Keepalive packets, if sent, allow the server to tell whether 1972 2360 a client is still present and responding.</p><p>Keepalives should, in general, not be needed if the socket 1973 has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it by default. (see <a class=" indexterm" name="id311691"></a>socket options).2361 has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it by default. (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SOCKETOPTIONS">socket options</a>). 1974 2362 Basically you should only use this option if you strike difficulties.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> = <code class="literal">300</code> 1975 2363 </em></span> 1976 2364 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code> 1977 2365 </em></span> 1978 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a>kernel change notify (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the 2366 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335772"></a> 2367 2368 kernel change notify (S) 2369 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335773"></a><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the 1979 2370 kernel for change notifications in directories so that 1980 2371 SMB clients can refresh whenever the data on the server changes. … … 1983 2374 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kernel change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1984 2375 </em></span> 1985 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a>kernel oplocks (G)</span></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="indexterm" name="id311797"></a>oplocks 2376 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335818"></a> 2377 2378 kernel oplocks (G) 2379 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335819"></a><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS">oplocks</a> 1986 2380 (currently only IRIX and the Linux 2.4 kernel), this parameter 1987 2381 allows the use of them to be turned on or off.</p><p>Kernel oplocks support allows Samba <em class="parameter"><code>oplocks 1988 2382 </code></em> to be broken whenever a local UNIX process or NFS operation 1989 accesses a file that <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> has oplocked. This allows complete2383 accesses a file that <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> has oplocked. This allows complete 1990 2384 data consistency between SMB/CIFS, NFS and local file access (and is 1991 2385 a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> cool feature :-).</p><p>This parameter defaults to <code class="constant">on</code>, but is translated … … 1993 2387 You should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kernel oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 1994 2388 </em></span> 1995 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a>lanman auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 2389 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335900"></a> 2390 2391 lanman auth (G) 2392 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335901"></a><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 1996 2393 authenticate users or permit password changes 1997 2394 using the LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only clients which support NT … … 2010 2407 special configuration to use it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lanman auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2011 2408 </em></span> 2012 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a>large readwrite (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not 2013 <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> supports the new 64k 2409 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335983"></a> 2410 2411 large readwrite (G) 2412 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335984"></a><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not 2413 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> supports the new 64k 2014 2414 streaming read and write varient SMB requests introduced with 2015 2415 Windows 2000. Note that due to Windows 2000 client redirector bugs … … 2019 2419 tested as some other Samba code paths.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>large readwrite</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2020 2420 </em></span> 2021 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a>ldap admin dn (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2022 The <a class="indexterm" name="id312005"></a>ldap admin dn defines the Distinguished Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact 2023 the ldap server when retreiving user account information. The <a class="indexterm" name="id312013"></a>ldap admin dn is used 2421 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336035"></a> 2422 2423 ldap admin dn (G) 2424 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336036"></a><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2425 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</a> defines the Distinguished Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact 2426 the ldap server when retreiving user account information. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</a> is used 2024 2427 in conjunction with the admin dn password stored in the <code class="filename">private/secrets.tdb</code> 2025 file. See the <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>2428 file. See the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> 2026 2429 man page for more information on how to accomplish this. 2027 2430 </p><p> 2028 The <a class="indexterm" name="id312038"></a>ldap admin dn requires a fully specified DN. The <a class="indexterm" name="id312046"></a>ldap suffix is not appended to the <a class="indexterm" name="id312053"></a>ldap admin dn. 2029 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a>ldap delete dn (G)</span></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete 2431 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</a> requires a fully specified DN. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> is not appended to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</a>. 2432 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336136"></a> 2433 2434 ldap delete dn (G) 2435 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336137"></a><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete 2030 2436 operation in the ldapsam deletes the complete entry or only the attributes 2031 2437 specific to Samba. 2032 2438 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap delete dn</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2033 2439 </em></span> 2034 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a>ldap group suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the suffix that is 2440 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336178"></a> 2441 2442 ldap group suffix (G) 2443 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336179"></a><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the suffix that is 2035 2444 used for groups when these are added to the LDAP directory. 2036 If this parameter is unset, the value of <a class=" indexterm" name="id312126"></a>ldap suffixwill be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the2037 <a class=" indexterm" name="id312134"></a>ldap suffixstring so use a partial DN.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap group suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>2445 If this parameter is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the 2446 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap group suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 2038 2447 </em></span> 2039 2448 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap group suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Groups</code> 2040 2449 </em></span> 2041 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a>ldap idmap suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2450 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336256"></a> 2451 2452 ldap idmap suffix (G) 2453 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336258"></a><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2042 2454 This parameters specifies the suffix that is used when storing idmap mappings. If this parameter 2043 is unset, the value of <a class=" indexterm" name="id312196"></a>ldap suffixwill be used instead. The suffix2044 string is pre-pended to the <a class=" indexterm" name="id312204"></a>ldap suffixstring so use a partial DN.2455 is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix 2456 string is pre-pended to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN. 2045 2457 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap idmap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 2046 2458 </em></span> 2047 2459 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap idmap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Idmap</code> 2048 2460 </em></span> 2049 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a>ldap machine suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2461 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336336"></a> 2462 2463 ldap machine suffix (G) 2464 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336337"></a><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2050 2465 It specifies where machines should be added to the ldap tree. If this parameter is unset, the value of 2051 <a class=" indexterm" name="id312266"></a>ldap suffixwill be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the2052 <a class=" indexterm" name="id312274"></a>ldap suffixstring so use a partial DN.2466 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix string is pre-pended to the 2467 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN. 2053 2468 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap machine suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 2054 2469 </em></span> 2055 2470 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap machine suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Computers</code> 2056 2471 </em></span> 2057 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a>ldap passwd sync (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2472 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336414"></a> 2473 2474 ldap passwd sync (G) 2475 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336415"></a><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2058 2476 This option is used to define whether or not Samba should sync the LDAP password with the NT 2059 2477 and LM hashes for normal accounts (NOT for workstation, server or domain trusts) on a password 2060 2478 change via SAMBA. 2061 2479 </p><p> 2062 The <a class=" indexterm" name="id312340"></a>ldap passwd synccan be set to one of three values:2480 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPASSWDSYNC">ldap passwd sync</a> can be set to one of three values: 2063 2481 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Yes</code></em> = Try 2064 2482 to update the LDAP, NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>No</code></em> = Update NT and … … 2066 2484 the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap passwd sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2067 2485 </em></span> 2068 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPREPLICATIONSLEEP"></a>ldap replication sleep (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2486 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336509"></a> 2487 2488 ldap replication sleep (G) 2489 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336510"></a><a name="LDAPREPLICATIONSLEEP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2069 2490 When Samba is asked to write to a read-only LDAP replica, we are redirected to talk to the read-write master server. 2070 2491 This server then replicates our changes back to the 'local' server, however the replication might take some seconds, … … 2079 2500 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap replication sleep</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 2080 2501 </em></span> 2081 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX"></a>ldapsam:editposix (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2502 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336564"></a> 2503 2504 ldapsam:editposix (G) 2505 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336565"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2082 2506 Editposix is an option that leverages ldapsam:trusted to make it simpler to manage a domain controller 2083 2507 eliminating the need to set up custom scripts to add and manage the posix users and groups. This option … … 2092 2516 the smb.conf ldap options must be properly configured. 2093 2517 2094 The typical ldap setup used with the <a class=" indexterm" name="id312494"></a>ldapsam:trusted = yesoption2095 is usually sufficient to use <a class=" indexterm" name="id312501"></a>ldapsam:editposix = yesas well.2518 The typical ldap setup used with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:TRUSTED">ldapsam:trusted = yes</a> option 2519 is usually sufficient to use <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX">ldapsam:editposix = yes</a> as well. 2096 2520 </p><p> 2097 2521 An example configuration can be the following: … … 2158 2582 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldapsam:editposix</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2159 2583 </em></span> 2160 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSAM:TRUSTED"></a>ldapsam:trusted (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2584 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336673"></a> 2585 2586 ldapsam:trusted (G) 2587 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336674"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:TRUSTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2161 2588 By default, Samba as a Domain Controller with an LDAP backend needs to use the Unix-style NSS subsystem to 2162 2589 access user and group information. Due to the way Unix stores user information in /etc/passwd and /etc/group … … 2166 2593 are used to deal with user and group attributes lack such optimization. 2167 2594 </p><p> 2168 To make Samba scale well in large environments, the <a class=" indexterm" name="id312581"></a>ldapsam:trusted = yes2595 To make Samba scale well in large environments, the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:TRUSTED">ldapsam:trusted = yes</a> 2169 2596 option assumes that the complete user and group database that is relevant to Samba is stored in LDAP with the 2170 2597 standard posixAccount/posixGroup attributes. It further assumes that the Samba auxiliary object classes are 2171 2598 stored together with the POSIX data in the same LDAP object. If these assumptions are met, 2172 <a class=" indexterm" name="id312590"></a>ldapsam:trusted = yescan be activated and Samba can bypass the2599 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:TRUSTED">ldapsam:trusted = yes</a> can be activated and Samba can bypass the 2173 2600 NSS system to query user group memberships. Optimized LDAP queries can greatly speed up domain logon and 2174 2601 administration tasks. Depending on the size of the LDAP database a factor of 100 or more for common queries … … 2176 2603 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldapsam:trusted</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2177 2604 </em></span> 2178 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSSL"></a>ldap ssl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should 2605 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336748"></a> 2606 2607 ldap ssl (G) 2608 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336750"></a><a name="LDAPSSL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should 2179 2609 use SSL when connecting to the ldap server 2180 2610 This is <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> related to 2181 2611 Samba's previous SSL support which was enabled by specifying the 2182 2612 <code class="literal">--with-ssl</code> option to the <code class="filename">configure</code> 2183 script.</p><p>The <a class=" indexterm" name="id312659"></a>ldap sslcan be set to one of three values:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Off</code></em> = Never2613 script.</p><p>The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL">ldap ssl</a> can be set to one of three values:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Off</code></em> = Never 2184 2614 use SSL when querying the directory.</p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Start_tls</code></em> = Use 2185 2615 the LDAPv3 StartTLS extended operation (RFC2830) for … … 2187 2617 on the ldaps port when contacting the <em class="parameter"><code>ldap server</code></em>. Only available when the 2188 2618 backwards-compatiblity <code class="literal">--with-ldapsam</code> option is specified 2189 to configure. See <a class=" indexterm" name="id312714"></a>passdb backend</p>.2619 to configure. See <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND">passdb backend</a></p>. 2190 2620 </li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap ssl</code></em> = <code class="literal">start_tls</code> 2191 2621 </em></span> 2192 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a>ldap suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object.</p><p> 2193 The ldap suffix will be appended to the values specified for the <a class="indexterm" name="id312767"></a>ldap user suffix, 2194 <a class="indexterm" name="id312774"></a>ldap group suffix, <a class="indexterm" name="id312781"></a>ldap machine suffix, and the 2195 <a class="indexterm" name="id312788"></a>ldap idmap suffix. Each of these should be given only a DN relative to the 2196 <a class="indexterm" name="id312796"></a>ldap suffix. 2622 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336881"></a> 2623 2624 ldap suffix (G) 2625 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336882"></a><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object.</p><p> 2626 The ldap suffix will be appended to the values specified for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX">ldap user suffix</a>, 2627 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPGROUPSUFFIX">ldap group suffix</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX">ldap machine suffix</a>, and the 2628 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX">ldap idmap suffix</a>. Each of these should be given only a DN relative to the 2629 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a>. 2197 2630 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 2198 2631 </em></span> 2199 2632 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">dc=samba,dc=org</code> 2200 2633 </em></span> 2201 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPTIMEOUT"></a>ldap timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2634 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336997"></a> 2635 2636 ldap timeout (G) 2637 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336998"></a><a name="LDAPTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2202 2638 When Samba connects to an ldap server that servermay be down or unreachable. To prevent Samba from hanging whilst 2203 2639 waiting for the connection this parameter specifies in seconds how long Samba should wait before failing the … … 2205 2641 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code> 2206 2642 </em></span> 2207 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a>ldap user suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2643 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337040"></a> 2644 2645 ldap user suffix (G) 2646 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337041"></a><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2208 2647 This parameter specifies where users are added to the tree. If this parameter is unset, 2209 the value of <a class=" indexterm" name="id312898"></a>ldap suffixwill be used instead. The suffix2210 string is pre-pended to the <a class=" indexterm" name="id312906"></a>ldap suffixstring so use a partial DN.2648 the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead. The suffix 2649 string is pre-pended to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN. 2211 2650 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap user suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 2212 2651 </em></span> 2213 2652 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap user suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=people</code> 2214 2653 </em></span> 2215 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a>level2 oplocks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports 2654 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337118"></a> 2655 2656 level2 oplocks (S) 2657 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337119"></a><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports 2216 2658 level2 (read-only) oplocks on a share.</p><p>Level2, or read-only oplocks allow Windows NT clients 2217 2659 that have an oplock on a file to downgrade from a read-write oplock … … 2227 2669 delete any read-ahead caches.</p><p>It is recommended that this parameter be turned on to 2228 2670 speed access to shared executables.</p><p>For more discussions on level2 oplocks see the CIFS spec.</p><p> 2229 Currently, if <a class=" indexterm" name="id312993"></a>kernel oplocksare supported then2671 Currently, if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#KERNELOPLOCKS">kernel oplocks</a> are supported then 2230 2672 level2 oplocks are not granted (even if this parameter is set to 2231 <code class="constant">yes</code>). Note also, the <a class=" indexterm" name="id313004"></a>oplocks2673 <code class="constant">yes</code>). Note also, the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS">oplocks</a> 2232 2674 parameter must be set to <code class="constant">yes</code> on this share in order for 2233 2675 this parameter to have any effect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>level2 oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2234 2676 </em></span> 2235 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a>lm announce (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce 2677 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337214"></a> 2678 2679 lm announce (G) 2680 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337215"></a><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce 2236 2681 broadcasts that are needed by OS/2 clients in order for them to see 2237 2682 the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can have three … … 2241 2686 broadcasts. If set to <code class="constant">yes</code> Samba will produce 2242 2687 Lanman announce broadcasts at a frequency set by the parameter 2243 <a class=" indexterm" name="id313085"></a>lm interval. If set to <code class="constant">auto</code>2688 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMINTERVAL">lm interval</a>. If set to <code class="constant">auto</code> 2244 2689 Samba will not send Lanman announce broadcasts by default but will 2245 2690 listen for them. If it hears such a broadcast on the wire it will 2246 2691 then start sending them at a frequency set by the parameter 2247 <a class=" indexterm" name="id313097"></a>lm interval.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm announce</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code>2692 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMINTERVAL">lm interval</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm announce</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 2248 2693 </em></span> 2249 2694 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm announce</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2250 2695 </em></span> 2251 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a>lm interval (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce 2696 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337329"></a> 2697 2698 lm interval (G) 2699 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337330"></a><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce 2252 2700 broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the 2253 <a class=" indexterm" name="id313160"></a>lm announceparameter) then this2701 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMANNOUNCE">lm announce</a> parameter) then this 2254 2702 parameter defines the frequency in seconds with which they will be 2255 2703 made. If this is set to zero then no Lanman announcements will be 2256 made despite the setting of the <a class=" indexterm" name="id313168"></a>lm announce2704 made despite the setting of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMANNOUNCE">lm announce</a> 2257 2705 parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm interval</code></em> = <code class="literal">60</code> 2258 2706 </em></span> 2259 2707 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm interval</code></em> = <code class="literal">120</code> 2260 2708 </em></span> 2261 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a>load printers (G)</span></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all 2709 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337410"></a> 2710 2711 load printers (G) 2712 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337411"></a><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all 2262 2713 printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default. 2263 See the <a class=" indexterm" name="id313232"></a>printerssection for2714 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERS">printers</a> section for 2264 2715 more details.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>load printers</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2265 2716 </em></span> 2266 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a>local master (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser 2717 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337463"></a> 2718 2719 local master (G) 2720 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337464"></a><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser 2267 2721 on a subnet. If set to <code class="constant">no</code> then <code class="literal"> 2268 2722 nmbd</code> will not attempt to become a local master browser … … 2274 2728 master browser.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>local master</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2275 2729 </em></span> 2276 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKDIR"></a>lock dir</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for lock directory.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a>lock directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock 2730 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337560"></a><a name="LOCKDIR"></a>lock dir</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337561"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOCKDIRECTORY">lock directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337590"></a> 2731 2732 lock directory (G) 2733 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337591"></a><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock 2277 2734 files will be placed. The lock files are used to implement the 2278 <a class=" indexterm" name="id313394"></a>max connectionsoption.2735 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXCONNECTIONS">max connections</a> option. 2279 2736 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/var/locks</code> 2280 2737 </em></span> 2281 2738 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/samba/locks</code> 2282 2739 </em></span> 2283 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKING"></a>locking (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be 2740 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337660"></a> 2741 2742 locking (S) 2743 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337662"></a><a name="LOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be 2284 2744 performed by the server in response to lock requests from the 2285 2745 client.</p><p>If <code class="literal">locking = no</code>, all lock and unlock … … 2291 2751 is not really recommended even in this case.</p><p>Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a 2292 2752 specific service, as lack of locking may result in data corruption. 2293 You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a>lock spin count (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter has been made inoperative in Samba 3.0.24. 2753 You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337730"></a> 2754 2755 lock spin count (G) 2756 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337731"></a><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter has been made inoperative in Samba 3.0.24. 2294 2757 The functionality it contolled is now controlled by the parameter 2295 <a class=" indexterm" name="id313524"></a>lock spin time.2758 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKSPINTIME">lock spin time</a>. 2296 2759 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin count</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 2297 2760 </em></span> 2298 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a>lock spin time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The time in microseconds that smbd should 2761 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337782"></a> 2762 2763 lock spin time (G) 2764 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337783"></a><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The time in microseconds that smbd should 2299 2765 keep waiting to see if a failed lock request can 2300 2766 be granted. This parameter has changed in default 2301 2767 value from Samba 3.0.23 from 10 to 200. The associated 2302 <a class=" indexterm" name="id313571"></a>lock spin countparameter is2768 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKSPINCOUNT">lock spin count</a> parameter is 2303 2769 no longer used in Samba 3.0.24. You should not need 2304 2770 to change the value of this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin time</code></em> = <code class="literal">200</code> 2305 2771 </em></span> 2306 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGFILE"></a>log file (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2772 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337837"></a> 2773 2774 log file (G) 2775 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337838"></a><a name="LOGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2307 2776 This option allows you to override the name of the Samba log file (also known as the debug file). 2308 2777 </p><p> … … 2310 2779 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/var/log.%m</code> 2311 2780 </em></span> 2312 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGLEVEL"></a>debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for log level.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a>log level (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2781 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337887"></a><a name="DEBUGLEVEL"></a>debuglevel</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337888"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOGLEVEL">log level</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337916"></a> 2782 2783 log level (G) 2784 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337918"></a><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2313 2785 The value of the parameter (a astring) allows the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the 2314 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. This parameter has been extended since the 2.2.x 2315 series, now it allow to specify the debug level for multiple debug classes. This is to give greater 2316 flexibility in the configuration of the system. 2317 </p><p> 2318 The default will be the log level specified on the command line or level zero if none was specified. 2319 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log level</code></em> = <code class="literal">3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2</code> 2320 </em></span> 2321 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a>logon drive (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2786 <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 2787 </p><p>This parameter has been extended since the 2.2.x 2788 series, now it allows to specify the debug level for multiple 2789 debug classes. This is to give greater flexibility in the configuration 2790 of the system. The following debug classes are currently implemented: 2791 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>all</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>tdb</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>printdrivers</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>lanman</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>smb</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>rpc_parse</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>rpc_srv</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>rpc_cli</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>passdb</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>sam</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>auth</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>winbind</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>vfs</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>idmap</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>quota</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>acls</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>locking</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>dmapi</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>registry</code></em></p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log level</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 2792 </em></span> 2793 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log level</code></em> = <code class="literal">3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2</code> 2794 </em></span> 2795 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338145"></a> 2796 2797 logon drive (G) 2798 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338146"></a><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2322 2799 This parameter specifies the local path to which the home directory will be 2323 connected (see <a class=" indexterm" name="id313742"></a>logon home) and is only used by NT2800 connected (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME">logon home</a>) and is only used by NT 2324 2801 Workstations. 2325 2802 </p><p> … … 2329 2806 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon drive</code></em> = <code class="literal">h:</code> 2330 2807 </em></span> 2331 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONHOME"></a>logon home (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2808 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338218"></a> 2809 2810 logon home (G) 2811 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338219"></a><a name="LOGONHOME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2332 2812 This parameter specifies the home directory location when a Win95/98 or NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC. 2333 2813 It allows you to do … … 2348 2828 <code class="literal">net use /home</code> but use the whole string when dealing with profiles. 2349 2829 </p><p> 2350 Note that in prior versions of Samba, the <a class=" indexterm" name="id313860"></a>logon pathwas returned rather than2830 Note that in prior versions of Samba, the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONPATH">logon path</a> was returned rather than 2351 2831 <em class="parameter"><code>logon home</code></em>. This broke <code class="literal">net use /home</code> 2352 2832 but allowed profiles outside the home directory. The current implementation is correct, and can be used for 2353 2833 profiles if you use the above trick. 2354 2834 </p><p> 2355 Disable this feature by setting <a class=" indexterm" name="id313884"></a>logon home = ""- using the empty string.2835 Disable this feature by setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME">logon home = ""</a> - using the empty string. 2356 2836 </p><p> 2357 2837 This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon server. … … 2360 2840 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon home</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\remote_smb_server\%U</code> 2361 2841 </em></span> 2362 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONPATH"></a>logon path (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2842 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338370"></a> 2843 2844 logon path (G) 2845 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338371"></a><a name="LOGONPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2363 2846 This parameter specifies the directory where roaming profiles (Desktop, NTuser.dat, etc) are 2364 2847 stored. Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has nothing to do with Win 9X roaming 2365 2848 profiles. To find out how to handle roaming profiles for Win 9X system, see the 2366 <a class=" indexterm" name="id313953"></a>logon homeparameter.2849 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME">logon home</a> parameter. 2367 2850 </p><p> 2368 2851 This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or … … 2393 2876 </p></div><p>Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a domain controller.</p><p> 2394 2877 Disable the use of roaming profiles by setting the value of this parameter to the empty string. For 2395 example, <a class=" indexterm" name="id314030"></a>logon path = "". Take note that even if the default setting2878 example, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONPATH">logon path = ""</a>. Take note that even if the default setting 2396 2879 in the smb.conf file is the empty string, any value specified in the user account settings in the passdb 2397 2880 backend will over-ride the effect of setting this parameter to null. Disabling of all roaming profile use … … 2404 2887 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon path</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\%N\%U\profile</code> 2405 2888 </em></span> 2406 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a>logon script (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2889 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338516"></a> 2890 2891 logon script (G) 2892 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338517"></a><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2407 2893 This parameter specifies the batch file (<code class="filename">.bat</code>) or NT command file 2408 2894 (<code class="filename">.cmd</code>) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in. The file … … 2410 2896 </p><p> 2411 2897 The script must be a relative path to the <em class="parameter"><code>[netlogon]</code></em> service. If the [netlogon] 2412 service specifies a <a class=" indexterm" name="id314112"></a>path of <code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/netlogon</code>, and <a class="indexterm" name="id314125"></a>logon script = STARTUP.BAT, then the file that will be downloaded is:2898 service specifies a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path</a> of <code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/netlogon</code>, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONSCRIPT">logon script = STARTUP.BAT</a>, then the file that will be downloaded is: 2413 2899 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 2414 2900 /usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP.BAT … … 2435 2921 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon script</code></em> = <code class="literal">scripts\%U.bat</code> 2436 2922 </em></span> 2437 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a>lppause command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 2923 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338674"></a> 2924 2925 lppause command (S) 2926 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338675"></a><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 2438 2927 executed on the server host in order to stop printing or spooling 2439 2928 a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes … … 2450 2939 in the lppause command as the PATH may not be available to the server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lppause command</code></em> = <code class="literal"> 2451 2940 # Currently no default value is given to 2452 this string, unless the value of the <a class=" indexterm" name="id314292"></a>printing2941 this string, unless the value of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing</a> 2453 2942 parameter is <code class="constant">SYSV</code>, in which case the default is : 2454 2943 <code class="literal">lp -i %p-%j -H hold</code> or if the value of the … … 2459 2948 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lppause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0</code> 2460 2949 </em></span> 2461 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a>lpq cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached 2950 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338810"></a> 2951 2952 lpq cache time (G) 2953 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338811"></a><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached 2462 2954 for to prevent the <code class="literal">lpq</code> command being called too 2463 2955 often. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the <code class="literal"> … … 2472 2964 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpq cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code> 2473 2965 </em></span> 2474 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a>lpq command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 2966 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338922"></a> 2967 2968 lpq command (S) 2969 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338923"></a><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 2475 2970 executed on the server host in order to obtain <code class="literal">lpq 2476 2971 </code>-style printer status information.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which … … 2494 2989 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpq command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpq -P%p</code> 2495 2990 </em></span> 2496 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a>lpresume command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 2991 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339038"></a> 2992 2993 lpresume command (S) 2994 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339039"></a><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 2497 2995 executed on the server host in order to restart or continue 2498 2996 printing or spooling a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 2499 2997 a printer name and job number to resume the print job. See 2500 also the <a class=" indexterm" name="id314599"></a>lppause commandparameter.</p><p>If a <em class="parameter"><code>%p</code></em> is given then the printer name2998 also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LPPAUSECOMMAND">lppause command</a> parameter.</p><p>If a <em class="parameter"><code>%p</code></em> is given then the printer name 2501 2999 is put in its place. A <em class="parameter"><code>%j</code></em> is replaced with 2502 3000 the job number (an integer).</p><p>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path 2503 3001 in the <em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em> as the PATH may not 2504 be available to the server.</p><p>See also the <a class=" indexterm" name="id314635"></a>printingparameter.</p><p>Default: Currently no default value is given3002 be available to the server.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: Currently no default value is given 2505 3003 to this string, unless the value of the <em class="parameter"><code>printing</code></em> 2506 parameter is <code class="constant">SYSV</code>, in which case the default is :</p><p><code class="literal">lp -i %p-%j -H resume</code></p><p>or if the value of the <em class="parameter"><code>printing</code></em> parameter 2507 is <code class="constant">SOFTQ</code>, then the default is:</p><p><code class="literal">qstat -s -j%j -r</code></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">lpresume command = /usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2</code> 2508 </em></span> 2509 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a>lprm command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3004 parameter is <code class="constant">SYSV</code>, in which case the default is:</p><p><code class="literal">lp -i %p-%j -H resume</code></p><p>or if the value of the <em class="parameter"><code>printing</code></em> parameter 3005 is <code class="constant">SOFTQ</code>, then the default is:</p><p><code class="literal">qstat -s -j%j -r</code></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2</code> 3006 </em></span> 3007 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339181"></a> 3008 3009 lprm command (S) 3010 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339182"></a><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 2510 3011 executed on the server host in order to delete a print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 2511 3012 a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job.</p><p>If a <em class="parameter"><code>%p</code></em> is given then the printer name … … 2524 3025 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lprm command</code></em> = <code class="literal"> determined by printing parameter</code> 2525 3026 </em></span> 2526 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a>machine password timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 2527 If a Samba server is a member of a Windows NT Domain (see the <a class="indexterm" name="id314802"></a>security = domain parameter) then periodically a running smbd process will try and change 3027 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339263"></a> 3028 3029 machine password timeout (G) 3030 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339264"></a><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3031 If a Samba server is a member of a Windows NT Domain (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = domain</a> parameter) then periodically a running smbd process will try and change 2528 3032 the MACHINE ACCOUNT PASSWORD stored in the TDB called <code class="filename">private/secrets.tdb 2529 3033 </code>. This parameter specifies how often this password will be changed, in seconds. The default is one 2530 3034 week (expressed in seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server. 2531 3035 </p><p> 2532 See also <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>,2533 and the <a class=" indexterm" name="id314828"></a>security = domainparameter.3036 See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, 3037 and the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = domain</a> parameter. 2534 3038 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>machine password timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">604800</code> 2535 3039 </em></span> 2536 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a>magic output (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 3040 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339345"></a> 3041 3042 magic output (S) 3043 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339346"></a><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2537 3044 This parameter specifies the name of a file which will contain output created by a magic script (see the 2538 <a class=" indexterm" name="id314875"></a>magic scriptparameter below).3045 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAGICSCRIPT">magic script</a> parameter below). 2539 3046 </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>If two clients use the same <em class="parameter"><code>magic script 2540 3047 </code></em> in the same directory the output file content is undefined. … … 2543 3050 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic output</code></em> = <code class="literal">myfile.txt</code> 2544 3051 </em></span> 2545 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a>magic script (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which, 3052 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339425"></a> 3053 3054 magic script (S) 3055 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339426"></a><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which, 2546 3056 if opened, will be executed by the server when the file is closed. 2547 3057 This allows a UNIX script to be sent to the Samba host and … … 2549 3059 completion assuming that the user has the appropriate level 2550 3060 of privilege and the file permissions allow the deletion.</p><p>If the script generates output, output will be sent to 2551 the file specified by the <a class=" indexterm" name="id314959"></a>magic output3061 the file specified by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAGICOUTPUT">magic output</a> 2552 3062 parameter (see above).</p><p>Note that some shells are unable to interpret scripts 2553 3063 containing CR/LF instead of CR as … … 2559 3069 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic script</code></em> = <code class="literal">user.csh</code> 2560 3070 </em></span> 2561 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEDMAP"></a>mangled map (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 3071 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339523"></a> 3072 3073 mangled map (S) 3074 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339524"></a><a name="MANGLEDMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2562 3075 This is for those who want to directly map UNIX file names which cannot be represented on 2563 3076 Windows/DOS. The mangling of names is not always what is needed. In particular you may have … … 2570 3083 you would use: 2571 3084 </p><p> 2572 <a class=" indexterm" name="id315073"></a>mangled map = (*.html *.htm).3085 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MANGLEDMAP">mangled map = (*.html *.htm)</a>. 2573 3086 </p><p> 2574 3087 One very useful case is to remove the annoying <code class="filename">;1</code> off … … 2580 3093 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangled map</code></em> = <code class="literal">(*;1 *;)</code> 2581 3094 </em></span> 2582 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a>mangled names (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX 3095 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339635"></a> 3096 3097 mangled names (S) 3098 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339636"></a><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX 2583 3099 should be mapped to DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible, 2584 or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</p><p>See the section on <a class=" indexterm" name="id315151"></a>name manglingfor3100 or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a> for 2585 3101 details on how to control the mangling process.</p><p>If mangling is used then the mangling algorithm is as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The first (up to) five alphanumeric characters 2586 3102 before the rightmost dot of the filename are preserved, forced … … 2592 3108 only if it contains any upper case characters or is longer than three 2593 3109 characters.</p><p>Note that the character to use may be specified using 2594 the <a class=" indexterm" name="id315185"></a>mangling char3110 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MANGLINGCHAR">mangling char</a> 2595 3111 option, if you don't like '~'.</p></li><li><p>Files whose UNIX name begins with a dot will be 2596 3112 presented as DOS hidden files. The mangled name will be created as … … 2605 3121 do not change between sessions.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangled names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2606 3122 </em></span> 2607 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a>mangle prefix (G)</span></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix 3123 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339754"></a> 3124 3125 mangle prefix (G) 3126 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339756"></a><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix 2608 3127 characters from the original name used when generating 2609 3128 the mangled names. A larger value will give a weaker … … 2615 3134 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangle prefix</code></em> = <code class="literal">4</code> 2616 3135 </em></span> 2617 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a>mangling char (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as 2618 the <span class="emphasis"><em>magic</em></span> character in <a class="indexterm" name="id315321"></a>name mangling. The 3136 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339818"></a> 3137 3138 mangling char (S) 3139 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339819"></a><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as 3140 the <span class="emphasis"><em>magic</em></span> character in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a>. The 2619 3141 default is a '~' but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set 2620 3142 it to whatever you prefer. This is effective only when mangling method is hash.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling char</code></em> = <code class="literal">~</code> … … 2622 3144 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling char</code></em> = <code class="literal">^</code> 2623 3145 </em></span> 2624 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a>mangling method (G)</span></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating 3146 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339891"></a> 3147 3148 mangling method (G) 3149 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339892"></a><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating 2625 3150 the mangled names. Can take two different values, "hash" and 2626 3151 "hash2". "hash" is the algorithm that was used … … 2633 3158 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling method</code></em> = <code class="literal">hash</code> 2634 3159 </em></span> 2635 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a>map acl inherit (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected' 3160 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339952"></a> 3161 3162 map acl inherit (S) 3163 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339954"></a><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected' 2636 3164 access control entry flags stored in Windows ACLs into an extended attribute 2637 3165 called user.SAMBA_PAI. This parameter only takes effect if Samba is being run … … 2641 3169 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map acl inherit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2642 3170 </em></span> 2643 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a>map archive (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 3171 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340005"></a> 3172 3173 map archive (S) 3174 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340006"></a><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2644 3175 This controls whether the DOS archive attribute 2645 3176 should be mapped to the UNIX owner execute bit. The DOS archive bit … … 2649 3180 be quite annoying for shared source code, documents, etc... 2650 3181 </p><p> 2651 Note that this requires the <a class=" indexterm" name="id315501"></a>create maskparameter to be set such that owner3182 Note that this requires the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a> parameter to be set such that owner 2652 3183 execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 100). See the parameter 2653 <a class=" indexterm" name="id315509"></a>create maskfor details.3184 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a> for details. 2654 3185 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map archive</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2655 3186 </em></span> 2656 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a>map hidden (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 3187 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340074"></a> 3188 3189 map hidden (S) 3190 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340075"></a><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2657 3191 This controls whether DOS style hidden files should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit. 2658 3192 </p><p> 2659 Note that this requires the <a class=" indexterm" name="id315559"></a>create maskto be set such that the world execute2660 bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter <a class=" indexterm" name="id315567"></a>create mask3193 Note that this requires the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a> to be set such that the world execute 3194 bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a> 2661 3195 for details. 2662 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a>map read only (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 3196 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340128"></a> 3197 3198 map read only (S) 3199 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340129"></a><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2663 3200 This controls how the DOS read only attribute should be mapped from a UNIX filesystem. 2664 3201 </p><p> 2665 This parameter can take three different values, which tell <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> how to display the read only attribute on files, where either2666 <a class=" indexterm" name="id315613"></a>store dos attributesis set to <code class="constant">No</code>, or no extended attribute is2667 present. If <a class=" indexterm" name="id315624"></a>store dos attributesis set to <code class="constant">yes</code> then this3202 This parameter can take three different values, which tell <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> how to display the read only attribute on files, where either 3203 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#STOREDOSATTRIBUTES">store dos attributes</a> is set to <code class="constant">No</code>, or no extended attribute is 3204 present. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#STOREDOSATTRIBUTES">store dos attributes</a> is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> then this 2668 3205 parameter is <span class="emphasis"><em>ignored</em></span>. This is a new parameter introduced in Samba version 3.0.21. 2669 3206 </p><p>The three settings are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> … … 2673 3210 </p></li><li><p> 2674 3211 <code class="constant">Permissions</code> - The read only DOS attribute is mapped to the effective permissions of 2675 the connecting user, as evaluated by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> by reading the unix permissions and POSIX ACL (if present).3212 the connecting user, as evaluated by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> by reading the unix permissions and POSIX ACL (if present). 2676 3213 If the connecting user does not have permission to modify the file, the read only attribute 2677 3214 is reported as being set on the file. 2678 3215 </p></li><li><p> 2679 3216 <code class="constant">No</code> - The read only DOS attribute is unaffected by permissions, and can only be set by 2680 the <a class=" indexterm" name="id315681"></a>store dos attributesmethod. This may be useful for exporting mounted CDs.3217 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#STOREDOSATTRIBUTES">store dos attributes</a> method. This may be useful for exporting mounted CDs. 2681 3218 </p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map read only</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 2682 3219 </em></span> 2683 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a>map system (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 3220 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340269"></a> 3221 3222 map system (S) 3223 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340270"></a><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2684 3224 This controls whether DOS style system files should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit. 2685 3225 </p><p> 2686 Note that this requires the <a class=" indexterm" name="id315731"></a>create maskto be set such that the group3226 Note that this requires the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a> to be set such that the group 2687 3227 execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 010). See the parameter 2688 <a class=" indexterm" name="id315739"></a>create maskfor details.3228 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a> for details. 2689 3229 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map system</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2690 3230 </em></span> 2691 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a>map to guest (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="indexterm" name="id315785"></a>SECURITY = 2692 security modes other than <em class="parameter"><code>security = share</code></em> 3231 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340335"></a> 3232 3233 map to guest (G) 3234 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340336"></a><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">SECURITY = 3235 security</a> modes other than <em class="parameter"><code>security = share</code></em> 2693 3236 and <em class="parameter"><code>security = server</code></em> 2694 3237 - i.e. <code class="constant">user</code>, and <code class="constant">domain</code>.</p><p>This parameter can take four different values, which tell 2695 <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> what to do with user3238 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> what to do with user 2696 3239 login requests that don't match a valid UNIX user in some way.</p><p>The four settings are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="constant">Never</code> - Means user login 2697 3240 requests with an invalid password are rejected. This is the … … 2699 3242 logins with an invalid password are rejected, unless the username 2700 3243 does not exist, in which case it is treated as a guest login and 2701 mapped into the <a class=" indexterm" name="id315849"></a>guest account.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">Bad Password</code> - Means user logins3244 mapped into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a>.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">Bad Password</code> - Means user logins 2702 3245 with an invalid password are treated as a guest login and mapped 2703 into the <a class=" indexterm" name="id315866"></a>guest account. Note that3246 into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a>. Note that 2704 3247 this can cause problems as it means that any user incorrectly typing 2705 3248 their password will be silently logged on as "guest" - and … … 2731 3274 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map to guest</code></em> = <code class="literal">Bad User</code> 2732 3275 </em></span> 2733 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a>max connections (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited. 3276 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340551"></a> 3277 3278 max connections (S) 3279 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340552"></a><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited. 2734 3280 If <em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> is greater than 0 then connections 2735 3281 will be refused if this number of connections to the service are already open. A value 2736 3282 of zero mean an unlimited number of connections may be made.</p><p>Record lock files are used to implement this feature. The lock files will be stored in 2737 the directory specified by the <a class=" indexterm" name="id316002"></a>lock directoryoption.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>3283 the directory specified by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKDIRECTORY">lock directory</a> option.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 2738 3284 </em></span> 2739 3285 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code> 2740 3286 </em></span> 2741 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a>max disk size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit 3287 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340632"></a> 3288 3289 max disk size (G) 3290 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340633"></a><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit 2742 3291 on the apparent size of disks. If you set this option to 100 2743 3292 then all shares will appear to be not larger than 100 MB in … … 2753 3302 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max disk size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 2754 3303 </em></span> 2755 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a>max log size (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 3304 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340717"></a> 3305 3306 max log size (G) 3307 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340718"></a><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2756 3308 This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies the max size the log file should grow to. 2757 3309 Samba periodically checks the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding … … 2762 3314 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max log size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 2763 3315 </em></span> 2764 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXMUX"></a>max mux (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of 3316 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340785"></a> 3317 3318 max mux (G) 3319 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340786"></a><a name="MAXMUX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of 2765 3320 outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client 2766 3321 it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max mux</code></em> = <code class="literal">50</code> 2767 3322 </em></span> 2768 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a>max open files (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 2769 open files that one <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> file 3323 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340827"></a> 3324 3325 max open files (G) 3326 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340828"></a><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 3327 open files that one <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> file 2770 3328 serving process may have open for a client at any one time. The 2771 3329 default for this parameter is set very high (10,000) as Samba uses … … 2774 3332 this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max open files</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000</code> 2775 3333 </em></span> 2776 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a>max print jobs (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 3334 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340882"></a> 3335 3336 max print jobs (S) 3337 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340884"></a><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of 2777 3338 jobs allowable in a Samba printer queue at any given moment. 2778 If this number is exceeded, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will remote "Out of Space" to the client.3339 If this number is exceeded, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will remote "Out of Space" to the client. 2779 3340 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 2780 3341 </em></span> 2781 3342 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">5000</code> 2782 3343 </em></span> 2783 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PROTOCOL"></a>protocol</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for max protocol.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a>max protocol (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest 3344 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340950"></a><a name="PROTOCOL"></a>protocol</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340951"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340980"></a> 3345 3346 max protocol (G) 3347 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340982"></a><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest 2784 3348 protocol level that will be supported by the server.</p><p>Possible values are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="constant">CORE</code>: Earliest version. No 2785 3349 concept of user names.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">COREPLUS</code>: Slight improvements on … … 2793 3357 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">LANMAN1</code> 2794 3358 </em></span> 2795 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a>max reported print jobs (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 3359 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341100"></a> 3360 3361 max reported print jobs (S) 3362 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341101"></a><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2796 3363 This parameter limits the maximum number of jobs displayed in a port monitor for 2797 3364 Samba printer queue at any given moment. If this number is exceeded, the excess … … 2802 3369 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max reported print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 2803 3370 </em></span> 2804 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a>max smbd processes (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended 3371 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341159"></a> 3372 3373 max smbd processes (G) 3374 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341160"></a><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended 2805 3375 as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event that the server has insufficient 2806 3376 resources to handle more than this number of connections. Remember that under normal operating 2807 conditions, each user will have an <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> associated with him or her to handle connections to all3377 conditions, each user will have an <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> associated with him or her to handle connections to all 2808 3378 shares from a given host.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max smbd processes</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 2809 3379 </em></span> 2810 3380 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max smbd processes</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code> 2811 3381 </em></span> 2812 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a>max stat cache size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any 2813 <em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> being used 2814 to speed up case insensitive name mappings. This parameter is 2815 the number of kilobyte (1024) units the stat cache can use. 2816 A value of zero means unlimited which is not advised aѕ it can 2817 use a lot of memory. 2818 You should not need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max stat cache size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1024</code> 3382 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341236"></a> 3383 3384 max stat cache size (G) 3385 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341237"></a><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any 3386 <em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> being used 3387 to speed up case insensitive name mappings. It represents 3388 the number of kilobyte (1024) units the stat cache can use. 3389 A value of zero, meaning unlimited, is not advisable due to 3390 increased memory useage. You should not need to change this 3391 parameter. 3392 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max stat cache size</code></em> = <code class="literal">256</code> 2819 3393 </em></span> 2820 3394 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max stat cache size</code></em> = <code class="literal">100</code> 2821 3395 </em></span> 2822 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXTTL"></a>max ttl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live' 3396 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341302"></a> 3397 3398 max ttl (G) 3399 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341303"></a><a name="MAXTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live' 2823 3400 of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when <code class="literal">nmbd</code> is 2824 3401 requesting a name using either a broadcast packet or from a WINS server. You should 2825 3402 never need to change this parameter. The default is 3 days.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">259200</code> 2826 3403 </em></span> 2827 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a>max wins ttl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server 2828 (<a class="indexterm" name="id316771"></a>wins support = yes) what the maximum 3404 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341358"></a> 3405 3406 max wins ttl (G) 3407 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341359"></a><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server 3408 (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT">wins support = yes</a>) what the maximum 2829 3409 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> 2830 3410 will grant will be (in seconds). You should never need to change this 2831 3411 parameter. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">518400</code> 2832 3412 </em></span> 2833 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXXMIT"></a>max xmit (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size 3413 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341426"></a> 3414 3415 max xmit (G) 3416 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341427"></a><a name="MAXXMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size 2834 3417 that will be negotiated by Samba. The default is 16644, which 2835 3418 matches the behavior of Windows 2000. A value below 2048 is likely to cause problems. … … 2839 3422 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max xmit</code></em> = <code class="literal">8192</code> 2840 3423 </em></span> 2841 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a>message command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the 3424 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341486"></a> 3425 3426 message command (G) 3427 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341487"></a><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the 2842 3428 server receives a WinPopup style message.</p><p>This would normally be a command that would 2843 3429 deliver the message somehow. How this is to be done is … … 2878 3464 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>message command</code></em> = <code class="literal">csh -c 'xedit %s; rm %s' &</code> 2879 3465 </em></span> 2880 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a>min print space (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk 3466 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341678"></a> 3467 3468 min print space (S) 3469 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341679"></a><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk 2881 3470 space that must be available before a user will be able to spool 2882 3471 a print job. It is specified in kilobytes. The default is 0, which … … 2885 3474 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min print space</code></em> = <code class="literal">2000</code> 2886 3475 </em></span> 2887 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a>min protocol (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the 3476 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341738"></a> 3477 3478 min protocol (G) 3479 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341739"></a><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the 2888 3480 lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support. Please refer 2889 to the <a class=" indexterm" name="id317130"></a>max protocol3481 to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a> 2890 3482 parameter for a list of valid protocol names and a brief description 2891 3483 of each. You may also wish to refer to the C source code in 2892 3484 <code class="filename">source/smbd/negprot.c</code> for a listing of known protocol 2893 3485 dialects supported by clients.</p><p>If you are viewing this parameter as a security measure, you should 2894 also refer to the <a class=" indexterm" name="id317149"></a>lanman authparameter. Otherwise, you should never need3486 also refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LANMANAUTH">lanman auth</a> parameter. Otherwise, you should never need 2895 3487 to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">CORE</code> 2896 3488 </em></span> 2897 3489 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">NT1</code> 2898 3490 </em></span> 2899 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a>min wins ttl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> 2900 when acting as a WINS server (<a class="indexterm" name="id317220"></a>wins support = yes) what the minimum 'time to live' 3491 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341830"></a> 3492 3493 min wins ttl (G) 3494 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341831"></a><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> 3495 when acting as a WINS server (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT">wins support = yes</a>) what the minimum 'time to live' 2901 3496 of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will grant will be (in 2902 3497 seconds). You should never need to change this parameter. The default 2903 3498 is 6 hours (21600 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">21600</code> 2904 3499 </em></span> 2905 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a>msdfs proxy (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a 3500 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341896"></a> 3501 3502 msdfs proxy (S) 3503 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341897"></a><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a 2906 3504 stand-in for another CIFS share whose location is specified by 2907 3505 the value of the parameter. When clients attempt to connect to 2908 3506 this share, they are redirected to the proxied share using 2909 3507 the SMB-Dfs protocol.</p><p>Only Dfs roots can act as proxy shares. Take a look at the 2910 <a class="indexterm" name="id317279"></a>msdfs root and <a class="indexterm" name="id317286"></a>host msdfs 2911 options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\otherserver\someshare</code> 2912 </em></span> 2913 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a>msdfs root (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the 3508 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MSDFSROOT">msdfs root</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTMSDFS">host msdfs</a> 3509 options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">\otherserver\someshare</code> 3510 </em></span> 3511 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341969"></a> 3512 3513 msdfs root (S) 3514 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341970"></a><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the 2914 3515 share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the 2915 3516 distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory. … … 2919 3520 Samba, refer to the MSDFS chapter in the Samba3-HOWTO book.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs root</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 2920 3521 </em></span> 2921 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a>name cache timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before 3522 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342022"></a> 3523 3524 name cache timeout (G) 3525 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342023"></a><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before 2922 3526 entries in samba's hostname resolve cache time out. If 2923 3527 the timeout is set to 0. the caching is disabled. … … 2926 3530 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name cache timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 2927 3531 </em></span> 2928 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a>name resolve order (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba 3532 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342080"></a> 3533 3534 name resolve order (G) 3535 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342081"></a><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba 2929 3536 suite to determine what naming services to use and in what order 2930 3537 to resolve host names to IP addresses. Its main purpose to is to … … 2944 3551 _ldap._tcp.domain. 2945 3552 </p></li><li><p><code class="constant">wins</code> : Query a name with 2946 the IP address listed in the <a class=" indexterm" name="id317498"></a>WINSSERVERparameter. If no WINS server has3553 the IP address listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSERVER">WINSSERVER</a> parameter. If no WINS server has 2947 3554 been specified this method will be ignored.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">bcast</code> : Do a broadcast on 2948 each of the known local interfaces listed in the <a class=" indexterm" name="id317515"></a>interfaces3555 each of the known local interfaces listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> 2949 3556 parameter. This is the least reliable of the name resolution 2950 3557 methods as it depends on the target host being on a locally … … 2957 3564 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name resolve order</code></em> = <code class="literal">lmhosts bcast host</code> 2958 3565 </em></span> 2959 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a>netbios aliases (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will 3566 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342261"></a> 3567 3568 netbios aliases (G) 3569 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342262"></a><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will 2960 3570 advertise as additional names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine 2961 3571 to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is acting as a browse server … … 2967 3577 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios aliases</code></em> = <code class="literal">TEST TEST1 TEST2</code> 2968 3578 </em></span> 2969 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a>netbios name (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 3579 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342322"></a> 3580 3581 netbios name (G) 3582 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342323"></a><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 2970 3583 This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By default it is the same as the first component 2971 3584 of the host's DNS name. If a machine is a browse server or logon server this name (or the first component of … … 2980 3593 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios name</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYNAME</code> 2981 3594 </em></span> 2982 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a>netbios scope (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will 3595 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342399"></a> 3596 3597 netbios scope (G) 3598 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342400"></a><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will 2983 3599 operate under. This should not be set unless every machine 2984 3600 on your LAN also sets this value.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios scope</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 2985 3601 </em></span> 2986 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a>nis homedir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For 3602 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342440"></a> 3603 3604 nis homedir (G) 3605 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342441"></a><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For 2987 3606 UNIX systems that use an automounter, the user's home directory 2988 3607 will often be mounted on a workstation on demand from a remote … … 2998 3617 server. When Samba is returning the home share to the client, it 2999 3618 will consult the NIS map specified in 3000 <a class=" indexterm" name="id317804"></a>homedir mapand return the server3619 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOMEDIRMAP">homedir map</a> and return the server 3001 3620 listed there.</p><p>Note that for this option to work there must be a working 3002 3621 NIS system and the Samba server with this option must also 3003 3622 be a logon server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nis homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3004 3623 </em></span> 3005 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a>nt acl support (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map 3624 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342511"></a> 3625 3626 nt acl support (S) 3627 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342512"></a><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map 3006 3628 UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists. The UNIX 3007 3629 permissions considered are the the traditional UNIX owner and … … 3010 3632 releases prior to 2.2.2.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt acl support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3011 3633 </em></span> 3012 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a>ntlm auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 3634 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342562"></a> 3635 3636 ntlm auth (G) 3637 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342563"></a><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to 3013 3638 authenticate users using the NTLM encrypted password response. 3014 3639 If disabled, either the lanman password hash or an NTLMv2 response … … 3018 3643 special configuration to us it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ntlm auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3019 3644 </em></span> 3020 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a>nt pipe support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether 3021 <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow Windows NT 3645 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342622"></a> 3646 3647 nt pipe support (G) 3648 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342623"></a><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether 3649 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow Windows NT 3022 3650 clients to connect to the NT SMB specific <code class="constant">IPC$</code> 3023 3651 pipes. This is a developer debugging option and can be left 3024 3652 alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt pipe support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3025 3653 </em></span> 3026 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a>nt status support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status 3654 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342676"></a> 3655 3656 nt status support (G) 3657 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342677"></a><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status 3027 3658 support with Windows NT/2k/XP clients. This is a developer debugging option and should be left alone. 3028 3659 If this option is set to <code class="constant">no</code> then Samba offers … … 3030 3661 reported.</p><p>You should not need to ever disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt status support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3031 3662 </em></span> 3032 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a>null passwords (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3033 </em></span> 3034 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a>obey pam restrictions (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support 3663 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342734"></a> 3664 3665 null passwords (G) 3666 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342735"></a><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3667 </em></span> 3668 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342785"></a> 3669 3670 obey pam restrictions (G) 3671 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342786"></a><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support 3035 3672 (i.e. --with-pam), this parameter will control whether or not Samba 3036 3673 should obey PAM's account and session management directives. The 3037 3674 default behavior is to use PAM for clear text authentication only 3038 3675 and to ignore any account or session management. Note that Samba 3039 always ignores PAM for authentication in the case of <a class=" indexterm" name="id318122"></a>encrypt passwords = yes. The reason3676 always ignores PAM for authentication in the case of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">encrypt passwords = yes</a>. The reason 3040 3677 is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response 3041 3678 authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB password encryption. 3042 3679 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>obey pam restrictions</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3043 3680 </em></span> 3044 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ONLYUSER"></a>only user (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether 3681 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342841"></a> 3682 3683 only user (S) 3684 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342842"></a><a name="ONLYUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether 3045 3685 connections with usernames not in the <em class="parameter"><code>user</code></em> 3046 3686 list will be allowed. By default this option is disabled so that a … … 3048 3688 this parameter will force the server to only use the login 3049 3689 names from the <em class="parameter"><code>user</code></em> list and is only really 3050 useful in <a class=" indexterm" name="id318183"></a>security = sharelevel security.</p><p>Note that this also means Samba won't try to deduce3690 useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = share</a> level security.</p><p>Note that this also means Samba won't try to deduce 3051 3691 usernames from the service name. This can be annoying for 3052 3692 the [homes] section. To get around this you could use <code class="literal">user = … … 3055 3695 name of the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>only user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3056 3696 </em></span> 3057 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPENFILESDATABASEHASHSIZE"></a>open files database hash size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter was added in Samba 3.0.23. This is an internal tuning parameter that sets 3697 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342924"></a> 3698 3699 open files database hash size (G) 3700 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342925"></a><a name="OPENFILESDATABASEHASHSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter was added in Samba 3.0.23. This is an internal tuning parameter that sets 3058 3701 the hash size of the tdb used for the open file databases. The presence of this parameter 3059 3702 allows tuning of the system for very large (thousands of concurrent users) Samba setups. … … 3063 3706 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>open files database hash size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1338457</code> 3064 3707 </em></span> 3065 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a>oplock break wait time (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 3708 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342986"></a> 3709 3710 oplock break wait time (G) 3711 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342988"></a><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3066 3712 This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in both Windows 9x and WinNT. If Samba responds to a client too 3067 3713 quickly when that client issues an SMB that can cause an oplock break request, then the network client can … … 3072 3718 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock break wait time</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 3073 3719 </em></span> 3074 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a>oplock contention limit (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 3075 This is a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> advanced <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> tuning option to improve the efficiency of the 3720 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343035"></a> 3721 3722 oplock contention limit (S) 3723 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343036"></a><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3724 This is a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> advanced <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> tuning option to improve the efficiency of the 3076 3725 granting of oplocks under multiple client contention for the same file. 3077 3726 </p><p> 3078 In brief it specifies a number, which causes <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>not to grant an oplock even when requested if the3727 In brief it specifies a number, which causes <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>not to grant an oplock even when requested if the 3079 3728 approximate number of clients contending for an oplock on the same file goes over this 3080 3729 limit. This causes <code class="literal">smbd</code> to behave in a similar … … 3084 3733 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock contention limit</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 3085 3734 </em></span> 3086 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKS"></a>oplocks (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 3735 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343113"></a> 3736 3737 oplocks (S) 3738 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343114"></a><a name="OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3087 3739 This boolean option tells <code class="literal">smbd</code> whether to 3088 3740 issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this … … 3096 3748 </p><p> 3097 3749 Oplocks may be selectively turned off on certain files with a share. See 3098 the <a class=" indexterm" name="id318454"></a>veto oplock filesparameter. On some systems3750 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOOPLOCKFILES">veto oplock files</a> parameter. On some systems 3099 3751 oplocks are recognized by the underlying operating system. This 3100 3752 allows data synchronization between all access to oplocked files, 3101 3753 whether it be via Samba or NFS or a local UNIX process. See the 3102 <a class=" indexterm" name="id318463"></a>kernel oplocksparameter for details.3754 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#KERNELOPLOCKS">kernel oplocks</a> parameter for details. 3103 3755 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3104 3756 </em></span> 3105 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a>os2 driver map (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute 3757 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343203"></a> 3758 3759 os2 driver map (G) 3760 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343204"></a><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute 3106 3761 path to a file containing a mapping of Windows NT printer driver 3107 3762 names to OS/2 printer driver names. The format is:</p><p><nt driver name> = <os2 driver name>.<device name></p><p>For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5 … … 3113 3768 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os2 driver map</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 3114 3769 </em></span> 3115 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OSLEVEL"></a>os level (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 3770 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343264"></a> 3771 3772 os level (G) 3773 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343265"></a><a name="OSLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3116 3774 This integer value controls what level Samba advertises itself as for browse elections. The value of this 3117 parameter determines whether <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <a class="indexterm" name="id318576"></a>workgroupin the local broadcast area.3775 parameter determines whether <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> in the local broadcast area. 3118 3776 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> 3119 Note :</em></span>By default, Samba will win a local master browsing election over all Microsoft operating3120 systems except a Windows NT 4.0/2000 Domain Controller. 3777 Note:</em></span> By default, Samba will win a local master browsing election over all Microsoft operating 3778 systems except a Windows NT 4.0/2000 Domain Controller. This means that a misconfigured Samba host can 3121 3779 effectively isolate a subnet for browsing purposes. This parameter is largely auto-configured in the Samba-3 3122 release series and it is seldom necessary to manually over -ride the default setting. Please refer to3780 release series and it is seldom necessary to manually override the default setting. Please refer to 3123 3781 chapter 9 of the Samba-3 HOWTO document for further information regarding the use of this parameter. 3782 <span class="emphasis"><em>Note:</em></span> The maximum value for this parameter is 255. If you use higher values, counting 3783 will start at 0! 3124 3784 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os level</code></em> = <code class="literal">20</code> 3125 3785 </em></span> 3126 3786 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os level</code></em> = <code class="literal">65</code> 3127 3787 </em></span> 3128 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a>pam password change (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2, 3788 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343355"></a> 3789 3790 pam password change (G) 3791 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343356"></a><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2, 3129 3792 this parameter, it is possible to use PAM's password change control 3130 3793 flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password 3131 3794 changes when requested by an SMB client instead of the program listed in 3132 <a class=" indexterm" name="id318651"></a>passwd program.3795 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDPROGRAM">passwd program</a>. 3133 3796 It should be possible to enable this without changing your 3134 <a class="indexterm" name="id318658"></a>passwd chat parameter for most setups.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pam password change</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3135 </em></span> 3136 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PANICACTION"></a>panic action (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a 3137 system command to be called when either <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> or <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> crashes. This is usually used to 3797 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDCHAT">passwd chat</a> parameter for most setups.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pam password change</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3798 </em></span> 3799 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343424"></a> 3800 3801 panic action (G) 3802 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343425"></a><a name="PANICACTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a 3803 system command to be called when either <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> or <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> crashes. This is usually used to 3138 3804 draw attention to the fact that a problem occurred. 3139 3805 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>panic action</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 3141 3807 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>panic action</code></em> = <code class="literal">"/bin/sleep 90000"</code> 3142 3808 </em></span> 3143 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a>paranoid server security (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest 3809 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343498"></a> 3810 3811 paranoid server security (G) 3812 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343499"></a><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest 3144 3813 users with a bad passowrd. When this option is enabled, samba will not 3145 3814 use a broken NT 4.x server as password server, but instead complain … … 3149 3818 bad logon to the remote server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>paranoid server security</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3150 3819 </em></span> 3151 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a>passdb backend (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend 3820 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343545"></a> 3821 3822 passdb backend (G) 3823 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343546"></a><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend 3152 3824 will be used for storing user and possibly group information. This allows 3153 you to swap between d fferent storage mechanisms without recompile. </p><p>The parameter value is divided into two parts, the backend's name, and a 'location'3825 you to swap between different storage mechanisms without recompile. </p><p>The parameter value is divided into two parts, the backend's name, and a 'location' 3154 3826 string that has meaning only to that particular backed. These are separated 3155 3827 by a : character.</p><p>Available backends can include: … … 3158 3830 </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">tdbsam</code> - The TDB based password storage 3159 3831 backend. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb 3160 in the <a class=" indexterm" name="id318855"></a>private dirdirectory.</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ldapsam</code> - The LDAP based passdb3832 in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRIVATEDIR">private dir</a> directory.</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ldapsam</code> - The LDAP based passdb 3161 3833 backend. Takes an LDAP URL as an optional argument (defaults to 3162 3834 <code class="literal">ldap://localhost</code>)</p><p>LDAP connections should be secured where possible. This may be done using either 3163 Start-TLS (see <a class=" indexterm" name="id318885"></a>ldap ssl) or by3835 Start-TLS (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL">ldap ssl</a>) or by 3164 3836 specifying <em class="parameter"><code>ldaps://</code></em> in 3165 the URL argument. </p><p>Multiple servers may also be specified in double-quotes , if your3166 LDAP libraries supports the LDAP URL notation. 3167 (OpenLDAP does). 3837 the URL argument. </p><p>Multiple servers may also be specified in double-quotes. 3838 Whether multiple servers are supported or not and the exact 3839 syntax depends on the LDAP library you use. 3168 3840 </p></li></ul></div><p> 3169 3841 … … 3173 3845 passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb 3174 3846 3175 or 3847 or multi server LDAP URL with OpenLDAP library: 3176 3848 3177 3849 passdb backend = ldapsam:"ldap://ldap-1.example.com ldap://ldap-2.example.com" 3850 3851 or multi server LDAP URL with Netscape based LDAP library: 3852 3853 passdb backend = ldapsam:"ldap://ldap-1.example.com ldap-2.example.com" 3178 3854 </pre><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> 3179 3855 </em></span> 3180 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a>passdb expand explicit (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 3856 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343687"></a> 3857 3858 passdb expand explicit (G) 3859 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343688"></a><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3181 3860 This parameter controls whether Samba substitutes %-macros in the passdb fields if they are explicitly set. We 3182 3861 used to expand macros here, but this turned out to be a bug because the Windows client can expand a variable … … 3184 3863 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb expand explicit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3185 3864 </em></span> 3186 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a>passwd chat (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span> 3187 conversation that takes places between <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and the local password changing 3188 program to change the user's password. The string describes a 3189 sequence of response-receive pairs that <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> uses to determine what to send to the 3190 <a class="indexterm" name="id319013"></a>passwd program and what to expect back. If the expected output is not 3191 received then the password is not changed.</p><p>This chat sequence is often quite site specific, depending 3192 on what local methods are used for password control (such as NIS 3193 etc).</p><p>Note that this parameter only is only used if the <a class="indexterm" name="id319030"></a>unix password sync parameter is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. This sequence is 3194 then called <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> when the SMB password in the 3195 smbpasswd file is being changed, without access to the old password 3196 cleartext. This means that root must be able to reset the user's password without 3197 knowing the text of the previous password. In the presence of 3198 NIS/YP, this means that the <a class="indexterm" name="id319046"></a>passwd program must 3199 be executed on the NIS master. 3200 </p><p>The string can contain the macro <em class="parameter"><code>%n</code></em> which is substituted 3201 for the new password. The chat sequence can also contain the standard 3202 macros \n, \r, \t and \s to 3203 give line-feed, carriage-return, tab and space. The chat sequence string can also contain 3204 a '*' which matches any sequence of characters. Double quotes can be used to collect strings with spaces 3205 in them into a single string.</p><p>If the send string in any part of the chat sequence is a full 3206 stop ".", then no string is sent. Similarly, if the 3207 expect string is a full stop then no string is expected.</p><p>If the <a class="indexterm" name="id319074"></a>pam password change parameter is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, the 3208 chat pairs may be matched in any order, and success is determined by the PAM result, not any particular 3209 output. The \n macro is ignored for PAM conversions. 3210 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat</code></em> = <code class="literal">*new*password* %n\n*new*password* %n\n *changed*</code> 3211 </em></span> 3212 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat</code></em> = <code class="literal">"*Enter OLD password*" %o\n "*Enter NEW password*" %n\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\n "*Password changed*"</code> 3213 </em></span> 3214 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a>passwd chat debug (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script 3865 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343730"></a> 3866 3867 passwd chat debug (G) 3868 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343731"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script 3215 3869 parameter is run in <span class="emphasis"><em>debug</em></span> mode. In this mode the 3216 3870 strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed 3217 in the <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> log with a3218 <a class=" indexterm" name="id319156"></a>debug level3871 in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> log with a 3872 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGLEVEL">debug level</a> 3219 3873 of 100. This is a dangerous option as it will allow plaintext passwords 3220 3874 to be seen in the <code class="literal">smbd</code> log. It is available to help … … 3222 3876 when calling the <em class="parameter"><code>passwd program</code></em> and should 3223 3877 be turned off after this has been done. This option has no effect if the 3224 <a class="indexterm" name="id319184"></a>pam password change 3225 paramter is set. This parameter is off by default.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat debug</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3226 </em></span> 3227 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a>passwd chat timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial 3878 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE">pam password change</a> 3879 parameter is set. This parameter is off by default.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat debug</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3880 </em></span> 3881 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343826"></a> 3882 3883 passwd chat timeout (G) 3884 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343827"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial 3228 3885 answer from a passwd chat script being run. Once the initial answer is received 3229 3886 the subsequent answers must be received in one tenth of this time. The default it 3230 3887 two seconds.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code> 3231 3888 </em></span> 3232 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a>passwd program (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set 3889 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343869"></a> 3890 3891 passwd chat (G) 3892 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343870"></a><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span> 3893 conversation that takes places between <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and the local password changing 3894 program to change the user's password. The string describes a 3895 sequence of response-receive pairs that <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> uses to determine what to send to the 3896 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDPROGRAM">passwd program</a> and what to expect back. If the expected output is not 3897 received then the password is not changed.</p><p>This chat sequence is often quite site specific, depending 3898 on what local methods are used for password control (such as NIS 3899 etc).</p><p>Note that this parameter only is only used if the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC">unix password sync</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. This sequence is 3900 then called <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> when the SMB password in the 3901 smbpasswd file is being changed, without access to the old password 3902 cleartext. This means that root must be able to reset the user's password without 3903 knowing the text of the previous password. In the presence of 3904 NIS/YP, this means that the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDPROGRAM">passwd program</a> must 3905 be executed on the NIS master. 3906 </p><p>The string can contain the macro <em class="parameter"><code>%n</code></em> which is substituted 3907 for the new password. The old passsword (<em class="parameter"><code>%o</code></em>) is only available when 3908 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">encrypt passwords</a> has been disabled. 3909 The chat sequence can also contain the standard macros 3910 \n, \r, \t and \s to give line-feed, carriage-return, tab 3911 and space. The chat sequence string can also contain 3912 a '*' which matches any sequence of characters. Double quotes can 3913 be used to collect strings with spaces in them into a single 3914 string.</p><p>If the send string in any part of the chat sequence is a full 3915 stop ".", then no string is sent. Similarly, if the 3916 expect string is a full stop then no string is expected.</p><p>If the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE">pam password change</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, the 3917 chat pairs may be matched in any order, and success is determined by the PAM result, not any particular 3918 output. The \n macro is ignored for PAM conversions. 3919 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat</code></em> = <code class="literal">*new*password* %n\n*new*password* %n\n *changed*</code> 3920 </em></span> 3921 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat</code></em> = <code class="literal">"*Enter NEW password*" %n\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\n "*Password changed*"</code> 3922 </em></span> 3923 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344052"></a> 3924 3925 passwd program (G) 3926 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344053"></a><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set 3233 3927 UNIX user passwords. Any occurrences of <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em> 3234 3928 will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for … … 3251 3945 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd program</code></em> = <code class="literal">/bin/passwd %u</code> 3252 3946 </em></span> 3253 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a>password level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty 3947 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344178"></a> 3948 3949 password level (G) 3950 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344179"></a><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty 3254 3951 with mixed-case passwords. One offending client is Windows for 3255 3952 Workgroups, which for some reason forces passwords to upper … … 3269 3966 made - the password as is and the password in all-lower case.</p><p>This parameter is used only when using plain-text passwords. It is 3270 3967 not at all used when encrypted passwords as in use (that is the default 3271 since samba-3.0.0). Use this only when <a class=" indexterm" name="id319448"></a>encrypt passwords = No.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password level</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>3968 since samba-3.0.0). Use this only when <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">encrypt passwords = No</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password level</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 3272 3969 </em></span> 3273 3970 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password level</code></em> = <code class="literal">4</code> 3274 3971 </em></span> 3275 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a>password server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server 3972 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344300"></a> 3973 3974 password server (G) 3975 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344301"></a><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server 3276 3976 or Active Directory domain controller with this option, 3277 3977 and using <code class="literal">security = [ads|domain|server]</code> … … 3285 3985 have no effect on password servers for Windows NT 4.0 domains or netbios 3286 3986 connections.</p><p>If parameter is a name, it is looked up using the 3287 parameter <a class=" indexterm" name="id319530"></a>name resolve orderand so may resolved3987 parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER">name resolve order</a> and so may resolved 3288 3988 by any method and order described in that parameter.</p><p>The password server must be a machine capable of using 3289 3989 the "LM1.2X002" or the "NT LM 0.12" protocol, and it must be in … … 3335 4035 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password server</code></em> = <code class="literal">*</code> 3336 4036 </em></span> 3337 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORY"></a>directory</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for path.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PATH"></a>path (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which 4037 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344580"></a><a name="DIRECTORY"></a>directory</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344581"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PATH">path</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344610"></a> 4038 4039 path (S) 4040 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344611"></a><a name="PATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which 3338 4041 the user of the service is to be given access. In the case of 3339 4042 printable services, this is where print data will spool prior to … … 3347 4050 will be replaced by the NetBIOS name of the machine they are 3348 4051 connecting from. These replacements are very useful for setting 3349 up pseudo home directories for users.</p><p>Note that this path will be based on <a class=" indexterm" name="id319834"></a>root dir4052 up pseudo home directories for users.</p><p>Note that this path will be based on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ROOTDIR">root dir</a> 3350 4053 if one was specified.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 3351 4054 </em></span> 3352 4055 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/fred</code> 3353 4056 </em></span> 3354 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a>pid directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 4057 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344706"></a> 4058 4059 pid directory (G) 4060 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344707"></a><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3355 4061 This option specifies the directory where pid files will be placed. 3356 4062 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/var/locks</code> … … 3358 4064 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">pid directory = /var/run/</code> 3359 4065 </em></span> 3360 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a>posix locking (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 3361 The <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> 4066 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344764"></a> 4067 4068 posix locking (S) 4069 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344765"></a><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4070 The <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> 3362 4071 daemon maintains an database of file locks obtained by SMB clients. The default behavior is 3363 4072 to map this internal database to POSIX locks. This means that file locks obtained by SMB clients are … … 3366 4075 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>posix locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3367 4076 </em></span> 3368 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="POSTEXEC"></a>postexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run 4077 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344819"></a> 4078 4079 postexec (S) 4080 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344820"></a><a name="POSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run 3369 4081 whenever the service is disconnected. It takes the usual 3370 4082 substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some … … 3374 4086 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</code> 3375 4087 </em></span> 3376 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="EXEC"></a>exec</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for preexec.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREEXEC"></a>preexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever 4088 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344888"></a> 4089 4090 preexec close (S) 4091 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344889"></a><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4092 This boolean option controls whether a non-zero return code from <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREEXEC">preexec</a> 4093 should close the service being connected to. 4094 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4095 </em></span> 4096 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344940"></a><a name="EXEC"></a>exec</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344941"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREEXEC">preexec</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344970"></a> 4097 4098 preexec (S) 4099 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344971"></a><a name="PREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever 3377 4100 the service is connected to. It takes the usual substitutions.</p><p>An interesting example is to send the users a welcome 3378 4101 message every time they log in. Maybe a message of the day? Here … … 3381 4104 /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient -M %m -I %I' & </code> 3382 4105 </p><p>Of course, this could get annoying after a while :-)</p><p> 3383 See also <a class=" indexterm" name="id320111"></a>preexec close and <a class="indexterm" name="id320118"></a>postexec.4106 See also <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREEXECCLOSE">preexec close</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#POSTEXEC">postexec</a>. 3384 4107 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 3385 4108 </em></span> 3386 4109 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</code> 3387 4110 </em></span> 3388 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a>preexec close (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 3389 This boolean option controls whether a non-zero return code from <a class="indexterm" name="id320180"></a>preexec 3390 should close the service being connected to. 3391 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3392 </em></span> 3393 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREFEREDMASTER"></a>prefered master</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for preferred master.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a>preferred master (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 3394 This boolean parameter controls if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> is a preferred master browser for its workgroup. 4111 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345071"></a><a name="PREFEREDMASTER"></a>prefered master</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345072"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREFERREDMASTER">preferred master</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345101"></a> 4112 4113 preferred master (G) 4114 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345102"></a><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4115 This boolean parameter controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> is a preferred master browser for its workgroup. 3395 4116 </p><p> 3396 4117 If this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, on startup, <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will force 3397 4118 an election, and it will have a slight advantage in winning the election. It is recommended that this 3398 parameter is used in conjunction with <a class=" indexterm" name="id320270"></a>domain master = yes, so that4119 parameter is used in conjunction with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER">domain master = yes</a>, so that 3399 4120 <code class="literal">nmbd</code> can guarantee becoming a domain master. 3400 4121 </p><p> … … 3405 4126 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preferred master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code> 3406 4127 </em></span> 3407 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AUTOSERVICES"></a>auto services</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for preload.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRELOAD"></a>preload (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be 4128 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345188"></a> 4129 4130 preload modules (G) 4131 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345189"></a><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should 4132 be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves 4133 the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4134 </em></span> 4135 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so</code> 4136 </em></span> 4137 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345245"></a><a name="AUTOSERVICES"></a>auto services</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345246"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRELOAD">preload</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345276"></a> 4138 4139 preload (G) 4140 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345277"></a><a name="PRELOAD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be 3408 4141 automatically added to the browse lists. This is most useful 3409 4142 for homes and printers services that would otherwise not be 3410 4143 visible.</p><p> 3411 4144 Note that if you just want all printers in your 3412 printcap file loaded then the <a class=" indexterm" name="id320355"></a>load printers4145 printcap file loaded then the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOADPRINTERS">load printers</a> 3413 4146 option is easier. 3414 4147 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> … … 3416 4149 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred lp colorlp</code> 3417 4150 </em></span> 3418 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a>preload modules (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should 3419 be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves 3420 the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 3421 </em></span> 3422 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so</code> 3423 </em></span> 3424 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a>preserve case (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 4151 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345350"></a> 4152 4153 preserve case (S) 4154 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345351"></a><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3425 4155 This controls if new filenames are created with the case that the client passes, or if 3426 they are forced to be the <a class=" indexterm" name="id320472"></a>default case.3427 </p><p> 3428 See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a> for a fuller discussion.4156 they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE">default case</a>. 4157 </p><p> 4158 See the section on <a class="link" href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a> for a fuller discussion. 3429 4159 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3430 4160 </em></span> 3431 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTOK"></a>print ok</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for printable.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTABLE"></a>printable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then 4161 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345413"></a><a name="PRINTOK"></a>print ok</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345414"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTABLE">printable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345443"></a> 4162 4163 printable (S) 4164 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345444"></a><a name="PRINTABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then 3432 4165 clients may open, write to and submit spool files on the directory 3433 4166 specified for the service. </p><p>Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing 3434 4167 to the service path (user privileges permitting) via the spooling 3435 of print data. The <a class=" indexterm" name="id320662"></a>read onlyparameter controls only non-printing access to4168 of print data. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only</a> parameter controls only non-printing access to 3436 4169 the resource.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3437 4170 </em></span> 3438 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a>printcap cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing 4171 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345503"></a> 4172 4173 printcap cache time (G) 4174 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345504"></a><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing 3439 4175 subsystem is again asked for the known printers. If the value 3440 4176 is greater than 60 the initial waiting time is set to 60 seconds … … 3446 4182 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code> 3447 4183 </em></span> 3448 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCAP"></a>printcap</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for printcap name.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a>printcap name (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 4184 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345567"></a><a name="PRINTCAP"></a>printcap</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345568"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTCAPNAME">printcap name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345598"></a> 4185 4186 printcap name (S) 4187 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345599"></a><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3449 4188 This parameter may be used to override the compiled-in default printcap name used by the server (usually 3450 <code class="filename"> /etc/printcap</code>). See the discussion of the <a href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">[printers]</a> section above for reasons why you might want to do this.4189 <code class="filename"> /etc/printcap</code>). See the discussion of the <a class="link" href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">[printers]</a> section above for reasons why you might want to do this. 3451 4190 </p><p> 3452 4191 To use the CUPS printing interface set <code class="literal">printcap name = cups </code>. This should 3453 be supplemented by an addtional setting <a class=" indexterm" name="id320815"></a>printing = cupsin the [global]4192 be supplemented by an addtional setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing = cups</a> in the [global] 3454 4193 section. <code class="literal">printcap name = cups</code> will use the "dummy" printcap 3455 4194 created by CUPS, as specified in your CUPS configuration file. … … 3481 4220 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap name</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/myprintcap</code> 3482 4221 </em></span> 3483 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a>print command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to 4222 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345769"></a> 4223 4224 print command (S) 4225 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345770"></a><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to 3484 4226 a service, this command will be used via a <code class="literal">system()</code> 3485 4227 call to process the spool file. Typically the command specified will … … 3504 4246 be created but not processed and (most importantly) not removed.</p><p>Note that printing may fail on some UNIXes from the 3505 4247 <code class="constant">nobody</code> account. If this happens then create 3506 an alternative guest account that can print and set the <a class=" indexterm" name="id321038"></a>guest account4248 an alternative guest account that can print and set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a> 3507 4249 in the [global] section.</p><p>You can form quite complex print commands by realizing 3508 4250 that they are just passed to a shell. For example the following … … 3511 4253 /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s</code></p><p>You may have to vary this command considerably depending 3512 4254 on how you normally print files on your system. The default for 3513 the parameter varies depending on the setting of the <a class=" indexterm" name="id321064"></a>printing4255 the parameter varies depending on the setting of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing</a> 3514 4256 parameter.</p><p>Default: For <code class="literal">printing = BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG 3515 4257 or PLP :</code></p><p><code class="literal">print command = lpr -r -P%p %s</code></p><p>For <code class="literal">printing = SYSV or HPUX :</code></p><p><code class="literal">print command = lp -c -d%p %s; rm %s</code></p><p>For <code class="literal">printing = SOFTQ :</code></p><p><code class="literal">print command = lp -d%p -s %s; rm %s</code></p><p>For printing = CUPS : If SAMBA is compiled against 3516 libcups, then <a class=" indexterm" name="id321121"></a>printcap = cups4258 libcups, then <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTCAP">printcap = cups</a> 3517 4259 uses the CUPS API to 3518 4260 submit jobs, etc. Otherwise it maps to the System V … … 3523 4265 set print command will be ignored.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s</code> 3524 4266 </em></span> 3525 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a>printer admin (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 4267 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346012"></a> 4268 4269 printer admin (S) 4270 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346013"></a><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3526 4271 This lists users who can do anything to printers 3527 4272 via the remote administration interfaces offered … … 3539 4284 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer admin</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, @staff</code> 3540 4285 </em></span> 3541 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTER"></a>printer</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for printer name.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a>printer name (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 4286 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346076"></a><a name="PRINTER"></a>printer</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346077"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346105"></a> 4287 4288 printer name (S) 4289 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346106"></a><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3542 4290 This parameter specifies the name of the printer to which print jobs spooled through a printable service 3543 4291 will be sent. … … 3546 4294 does not have its own printer name specified. 3547 4295 </p><p> 3548 The default value of the <a class=" indexterm" name="id321277"></a>printer namemay be <code class="literal">lp</code> on many4296 The default value of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a> may be <code class="literal">lp</code> on many 3549 4297 systems. 3550 4298 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer name</code></em> = <code class="literal">none</code> … … 3552 4300 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer name</code></em> = <code class="literal">laserwriter</code> 3553 4301 </em></span> 3554 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTING"></a>printing (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is 4302 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346189"></a> 4303 4304 printing (S) 4305 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346190"></a><a name="PRINTING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is 3555 4306 interpreted on your system. It also affects the default values for 3556 4307 the <em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lpq command</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lppause command </code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em>, and <em class="parameter"><code>lprm command</code></em> if specified in the … … 3561 4312 <code class="constant">QNX</code>, <code class="constant">SOFTQ</code>, 3562 4313 and <code class="constant">CUPS</code>.</p><p>To see what the defaults are for the other print 3563 commands when using the various options use the <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> program.</p><p>This option can be set on a per printer basis. Please be4314 commands when using the various options use the <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> program.</p><p>This option can be set on a per printer basis. Please be 3564 4315 aware however, that you must place any of the various printing 3565 4316 commands (e.g. print command, lpq command, etc...) after defining 3566 4317 the value for the <em class="parameter"><code>printing</code></em> option since it will 3567 reset the printing commands to default values.</p><p>See also the discussion in the <a href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section"> 3568 [printers]</a> section.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a>printjob username (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be 4318 reset the printing commands to default values.</p><p>See also the discussion in the <a class="link" href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section"> 4319 [printers]</a> section.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346318"></a> 4320 4321 printjob username (S) 4322 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346319"></a><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be 3569 4323 passed to the printing system. Usually, the username is sent, 3570 4324 but in some cases, e.g. the domain prefix is useful, too.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%U</code> … … 3572 4326 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%D\%U</code> 3573 4327 </em></span> 3574 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a>private dir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory 4328 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346376"></a> 4329 4330 private dir (G) 4331 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346377"></a><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory 3575 4332 smbd will use for storing such files as <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code> 3576 4333 and <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>. 3577 4334 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>private dir</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private</code> 3578 4335 </em></span> 3579 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a>profile acls (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 4336 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346429"></a> 4337 4338 profile acls (S) 4339 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346430"></a><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3580 4340 This boolean parameter was added to fix the problems that people have been 3581 4341 having with storing user profiles on Samba shares from Windows 2000 or … … 3605 4365 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>profile acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3606 4366 </em></span> 3607 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a>queuepause command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 4367 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346489"></a> 4368 4369 queuepause command (S) 4370 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346490"></a><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3608 4371 executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 3609 4372 a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue, … … 3616 4379 server.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queuepause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">disable %p</code> 3617 4380 </em></span> 3618 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a>queueresume command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 4381 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346559"></a> 4382 4383 queueresume command (S) 4384 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346560"></a><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be 3619 4385 executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It 3620 4386 is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the 3621 previous parameter (<a class=" indexterm" name="id321707"></a>queuepause command).</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes4387 previous parameter (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND">queuepause command</a>).</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes 3622 4388 a printer name as its only parameter and resumes the printer queue, 3623 4389 such that queued jobs are resubmitted to the printer.</p><p>This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups, … … 3631 4397 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queueresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">enable %p</code> 3632 4398 </em></span> 3633 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READBMPX"></a>read bmpx (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether 3634 <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will support the "Read 4399 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346651"></a> 4400 4401 read bmpx (G) 4402 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346652"></a><a name="READBMPX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether 4403 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will support the "Read 3635 4404 Block Multiplex" SMB. This is now rarely used and defaults to 3636 4405 <code class="constant">no</code>. You should never need to set this 3637 4406 parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read bmpx</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3638 4407 </em></span> 3639 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READLIST"></a>read list (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 4408 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346704"></a> 4409 4410 read list (S) 4411 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346705"></a><a name="READLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3640 4412 This is a list of users that are given read-only access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list 3641 then they will not be given write access, no matter what the <a class=" indexterm" name="id321844"></a>read onlyoption is set3642 to. The list can include group names using the syntax described in the <a class=" indexterm" name="id321852"></a>invalid users4413 then they will not be given write access, no matter what the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only</a> option is set 4414 to. The list can include group names using the syntax described in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INVALIDUSERS">invalid users</a> 3643 4415 parameter. 3644 </p><p>This parameter will not work with the <a class=" indexterm" name="id321862"></a>security = sharein4416 </p><p>This parameter will not work with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = share</a> in 3645 4417 Samba 3.0. This is by design.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read list</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 3646 4418 </em></span> 3647 4419 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read list</code></em> = <code class="literal">mary, @students</code> 3648 4420 </em></span> 3649 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READONLY"></a>read only (S)</span></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="indexterm" name="id321924"></a>writeable.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users 4421 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346798"></a> 4422 4423 read only (S) 4424 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346799"></a><a name="READONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users 3650 4425 of a service may not create or modify files in the service's 3651 4426 directory.</p><p>Note that a printable service (<code class="literal">printable = yes</code>) … … 3653 4428 (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read only</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3654 4429 </em></span> 3655 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READRAW"></a>read raw (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 4430 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346871"></a> 4431 4432 read raw (G) 4433 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346872"></a><a name="READRAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 3656 4434 will support the raw read SMB requests when transferring data 3657 4435 to clients.</p><p>If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in … … 3662 4440 tool and left severely alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3663 4441 </em></span> 3664 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REALM"></a>realm (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is 4442 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346926"></a> 4443 4444 realm (G) 4445 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346927"></a><a name="REALM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is 3665 4446 used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4 <code class="literal">domain</code>. It 3666 4447 is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server. … … 3669 4450 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>realm</code></em> = <code class="literal">mysambabox.mycompany.com</code> 3670 4451 </em></span> 3671 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a>remote announce (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 3672 This option allows you to setup <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>to periodically announce itself 4452 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346989"></a> 4453 4454 remote announce (G) 4455 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346990"></a><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4456 This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>to periodically announce itself 3673 4457 to arbitrary IP addresses with an arbitrary workgroup name. 3674 4458 </p><p> … … 3683 4467 the above line would cause <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to announce itself 3684 4468 to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names. If you leave out the 3685 workgroup name then the one given in the <a class=" indexterm" name="id322141"></a>workgroupparameter4469 workgroup name then the one given in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> parameter 3686 4470 is used instead. 3687 4471 </p><p> … … 3693 4477 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote announce</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 3694 4478 </em></span> 3695 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a>remote browse sync (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 3696 This option allows you to setup <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically request 4479 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347085"></a> 4480 4481 remote browse sync (G) 4482 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347086"></a><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4483 This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically request 3697 4484 synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba 3698 4485 server that is on a remote segment. This option will allow you to … … 3720 4507 is in fact the browse master on its segment. 3721 4508 </p><p> 3722 The <a class=" indexterm" name="id322243"></a>remote browse syncmay be used on networks4509 The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#REMOTEBROWSESYNC">remote browse sync</a> may be used on networks 3723 4510 where there is no WINS server, and may be used on disjoint networks where 3724 4511 each network has its own WINS server. 3725 4512 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote browse sync</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 3726 4513 </em></span> 3727 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a>rename user script (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 3728 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run as root by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> under special circumstances described below. 4514 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347185"></a> 4515 4516 rename user script (G) 4517 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347186"></a><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4518 This is the full pathname to a script that will be run as root by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> under special circumstances described below. 3729 4519 </p><p> 3730 4520 When a user with admin authority or SeAddUserPrivilege rights renames a user (e.g.: from the NT4 User Manager … … 3743 4533 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>rename user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3744 4534 </em></span> 3745 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a>reset on zero vc (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 4535 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347264"></a> 4536 4537 reset on zero vc (G) 4538 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347265"></a><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3746 4539 This boolean option controls whether an incoming session setup 3747 4540 should kill other connections coming from the same IP. This matches … … 3762 4555 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>reset on zero vc</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3763 4556 </em></span> 3764 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a>restrict anonymous (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and 4557 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347310"></a> 4558 4559 restrict anonymous (G) 4560 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347311"></a><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and 3765 4561 group list information is returned for an anonymous connection. 3766 4562 and mirrors the effects of the … … 3782 4578 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> 3783 4579 The security advantage of using restrict anonymous = 2 is removed 3784 by setting <a class=" indexterm" name="id322431"></a>guest ok = yeson any share.4580 by setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK">guest ok = yes</a> on any share. 3785 4581 </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>restrict anonymous</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 3786 4582 </em></span> 3787 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOT"></a>root</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for root directory.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTDIR"></a>root dir</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for root directory.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a>root directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e. 4583 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347384"></a><a name="ROOT"></a>root</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347385"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347415"></a><a name="ROOTDIR"></a>root dir</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347416"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347444"></a> 4584 4585 root directory (G) 4586 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347446"></a><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e. 3788 4587 Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is 3789 4588 not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the … … 3792 4591 parts of the filesystem, or attempts to use ".." in file names 3793 4592 to access other directories (depending on the setting of the 3794 <a class=" indexterm" name="id322529"></a>wide smbconfoptionsparameter).4593 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WIDESMBCONFOPTIONS">wide smbconfoptions</a> parameter). 3795 4594 </p><p>Adding a <em class="parameter"><code>root directory</code></em> entry other 3796 4595 than "/" adds an extra level of security, but at a price. It … … 3808 4607 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/homes/smb</code> 3809 4608 </em></span> 3810 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a>root postexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 4609 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347557"></a> 4610 4611 root postexec (S) 4612 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347558"></a><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3811 4613 This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em> 3812 4614 parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for … … 3814 4616 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 3815 4617 </em></span> 3816 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a>root preexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 4618 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347604"></a> 4619 4620 root preexec close (S) 4621 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347605"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close 4622 </code></em> parameter except that the command is run as root.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4623 </em></span> 4624 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347652"></a> 4625 4626 root preexec (S) 4627 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347653"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3817 4628 This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> 3818 4629 parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for … … 3820 4631 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 3821 4632 </em></span> 3822 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a>root preexec close (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close 3823 </code></em> parameter except that the command is run as root.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 3824 </em></span> 3825 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SECURITY"></a>security (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to 4633 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347698"></a> 4634 4635 security mask (S) 4636 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347699"></a><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4637 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the 4638 UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. 4639 </p><p> 4640 This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to the incoming permission bits, thus resetting 4641 any bits not in this mask. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCESECURITYMODE">force security mode</a>, which works in a manner similar to this one but uses a logical OR instead of an AND. 4642 </p><p> 4643 Essentially, all bits set to zero in this mask will result in setting to zero the corresponding bits on the 4644 file permissions regardless of the previous status of this bits on the file. 4645 </p><p> 4646 If not set explicitly this parameter is 0777, allowing a user to set all the user/group/world permissions on a file. 4647 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> 4648 Note</em></span> that users who can access the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this 4649 restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems. Administrators of 4650 most normal systems will probably want to leave it set to <code class="constant">0777</code>. 4651 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0777</code> 4652 </em></span> 4653 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0770</code> 4654 </em></span> 4655 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347793"></a> 4656 4657 security (G) 4658 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347794"></a><a name="SECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to 3826 4659 Samba and is one of the most important settings in the <code class="filename"> 3827 4660 smb.conf</code> file.</p><p>The option sets the "security mode bit" in replies to 3828 protocol negotiations with <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to turn share level security on or off. Clients decide4661 protocol negotiations with <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to turn share level security on or off. Clients decide 3829 4662 based on this bit whether (and how) to transfer user and password 3830 4663 information to the server.</p><p>The default is <code class="literal">security = user</code>, as this is … … 3847 4680 is commonly used for a shared printer server. It is more difficult 3848 4681 to setup guest shares with <code class="literal">security = user</code>, see 3849 the <a class=" indexterm" name="id322862"></a>map to guestparameter for details.</p><p>It is possible to use <code class="literal">smbd</code> in a <span class="emphasis"><em>4682 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST">map to guest</a>parameter for details.</p><p>It is possible to use <code class="literal">smbd</code> in a <span class="emphasis"><em> 3850 4683 hybrid mode</em></span> where it is offers both user and share 3851 level security under different <a class=" indexterm" name="id322883"></a>NetBIOS aliases. </p><p>The different settings will now be explained.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSSHARE"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = SHARE</em></span></p><p>When clients connect to a share level security server they4684 level security under different <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSALIASES">NetBIOS aliases</a>. </p><p>The different settings will now be explained.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSSHARE"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = SHARE</em></span></p><p>When clients connect to a share level security server they 3852 4685 need not log onto the server with a valid username and password before 3853 4686 attempting to connect to a shared resource (although modern clients … … 3862 4695 techniques to determine the correct UNIX user to use on behalf 3863 4696 of the client.</p><p>A list of possible UNIX usernames to match with the given 3864 client password is constructed using the following methods :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>If the <a class=" indexterm" name="id322959"></a>guest onlyparameter is set, then all the other3865 stages are missed and only the <a class=" indexterm" name="id322966"></a>guest accountusername is checked.4697 client password is constructed using the following methods :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>If the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTONLY">guest only</a> parameter is set, then all the other 4698 stages are missed and only the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a> username is checked. 3866 4699 </p></li><li><p>Is a username is sent with the share connection 3867 request, then this username (after mapping - see <a class=" indexterm" name="id322981"></a>username map),4700 request, then this username (after mapping - see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP">username map</a>), 3868 4701 is added as a potential username. 3869 4702 </p></li><li><p>If the client did a previous <span class="emphasis"><em>logon … … 3874 4707 </p></li><li><p>The NetBIOS name of the client is added to 3875 4708 the list as a potential username. 3876 </p></li><li><p>Any users on the <a class=" indexterm" name="id323021"></a>userlist are added as potential usernames.4709 </p></li><li><p>Any users on the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USER">user</a> list are added as potential usernames. 3877 4710 </p></li></ul></div><p>If the <em class="parameter"><code>guest only</code></em> parameter is 3878 4711 not set, then this list is then tried with the supplied password. … … 3883 4716 guest user will be used, otherwise access is denied.</p><p>Note that it can be <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> confusing 3884 4717 in share-level security as to which UNIX username will eventually 3885 be used in granting access.</p><p>See also the section <a href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">4718 be used in granting access.</p><p>See also the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION"> 3886 4719 NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSUSER"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = USER</em></span></p><p>This is the default security setting in Samba 3.0. 3887 4720 With user-level security a client must first "log-on" with a 3888 valid username and password (which can be mapped using the <a class=" indexterm" name="id323090"></a>username map3889 parameter). Encrypted passwords (see the <a class=" indexterm" name="id323098"></a>encrypted passwordsparameter) can also3890 be used in this security mode. Parameters such as <a class=" indexterm" name="id323106"></a>user and <a class="indexterm" name="id323113"></a>guest onlyif set are then applied and4721 valid username and password (which can be mapped using the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP">username map</a> 4722 parameter). Encrypted passwords (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS">encrypted passwords</a> parameter) can also 4723 be used in this security mode. Parameters such as <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USER">user</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTONLY">guest only</a> if set are then applied and 3891 4724 may change the UNIX user to use on this connection, but only after 3892 4725 the user has been successfully authenticated.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> that the name of the resource being … … 3894 4727 the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why 3895 4728 guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing 3896 the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class=" indexterm" name="id323132"></a>guest account.3897 See the <a class=" indexterm" name="id323140"></a>map to guest parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = DOMAIN</em></span></p><p>This mode will only work correctly if <ahref="net.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">net</span>(8)</span></a> has been used to add this3898 machine into a Windows NT Domain. It expects the <a class=" indexterm" name="id323178"></a>encrypted passwords4729 the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a>. 4730 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST">map to guest</a> parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = DOMAIN</em></span></p><p>This mode will only work correctly if <a class="citerefentry" href="net.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">net</span>(8)</span></a> has been used to add this 4731 machine into a Windows NT Domain. It expects the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS">encrypted passwords</a> 3899 4732 parameter to be set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. In this 3900 4733 mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing … … 3910 4743 the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why 3911 4744 guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing 3912 the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class=" indexterm" name="id323228"></a>guest account.3913 See the <a class=" indexterm" name="id323235"></a>map to guest parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <ahref="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">3914 NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a class=" indexterm" name="id323256"></a>password serverparameter and3915 the <a class=" indexterm" name="id323264"></a>encrypted passwordsparameter.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSSERVER"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = SERVER</em></span></p><p>4745 the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a>. 4746 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST">map to guest</a> parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION"> 4747 NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER">password server</a> parameter and 4748 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS">encrypted passwords</a> parameter.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSSERVER"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = SERVER</em></span></p><p> 3916 4749 In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing it to another SMB server, such as an 3917 4750 NT box. If this fails it will revert to <code class="literal">security = user</code>. It expects the 3918 <a class=" indexterm" name="id323290"></a>encrypted passwordsparameter to be set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, unless the remote4751 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS">encrypted passwords</a> parameter to be set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, unless the remote 3919 4752 server does not support them. However note that if encrypted passwords have been negotiated then Samba cannot 3920 4753 revert back to checking the UNIX password file, it must have a valid <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code> file to check users against. See the chapter about the User Database in … … 3936 4769 the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why 3937 4770 guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing 3938 the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class=" indexterm" name="id323348"></a>guest account.3939 See the <a class=" indexterm" name="id323355"></a>map to guest parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <ahref="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">3940 NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a class=" indexterm" name="id323376"></a>password serverparameter and the3941 <a class=" indexterm" name="id323383"></a>encrypted passwordsparameter.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSADS"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = ADS</em></span></p><p>In this mode, Samba will act as a domain member in an ADS realm. To operate4771 the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a>. 4772 See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST">map to guest</a> parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION"> 4773 NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER">password server</a> parameter and the 4774 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS">encrypted passwords</a> parameter.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSADS"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = ADS</em></span></p><p>In this mode, Samba will act as a domain member in an ADS realm. To operate 3942 4775 in this mode, the machine running Samba will need to have Kerberos installed 3943 4776 and configured and Samba will need to be joined to the ADS realm using the … … 3947 4780 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security</code></em> = <code class="literal">DOMAIN</code> 3948 4781 </em></span> 3949 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a>security mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 3950 This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the 3951 UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box. 3952 </p><p> 3953 This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to the changed permission bits, thus preventing any bits not 3954 in this mask from being modified. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="indexterm" name="id323475"></a>force security mode, which works in a manner similar to this one but uses a logical OR instead of an AND. 3955 </p><p> 3956 Essentially, zero bits in this mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is not allowed to change. 3957 </p><p> 3958 If not set explicitly this parameter is 0777, allowing a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file. 3959 </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> 3960 Note</em></span> that users who can access the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this 3961 restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems. Administrators of 3962 most normal systems will probably want to leave it set to <code class="constant">0777</code>. 3963 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0777</code> 3964 </em></span> 3965 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0770</code> 3966 </em></span> 3967 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a>server schannel (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 4782 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id348581"></a> 4783 4784 server schannel (G) 4785 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id348582"></a><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3968 4786 This controls whether the server offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. 3969 <a class=" indexterm" name="id323559"></a>server schannel = no does not offer the schannel, <a class="indexterm" name="id323566"></a>server schannel = auto offers the schannel but does not enforce it, and <a class="indexterm" name="id323574"></a>server schannel = yesdenies access if the client is not able to speak netlogon schannel.4787 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL">server schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL">server schannel = auto</a> offers the schannel but does not enforce it, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL">server schannel = yes</a> denies access if the client is not able to speak netlogon schannel. 3970 4788 This is only the case for Windows NT4 before SP4. 3971 4789 </p><p> … … 3976 4794 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 3977 4795 </em></span> 3978 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a>server signing (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the server offers or requires 4796 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id348689"></a> 4797 4798 server signing (G) 4799 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id348690"></a><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the server offers or requires 3979 4800 the client it talks to to use SMB signing. Possible values 3980 4801 are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span> … … 3984 4805 to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">Disabled</code> 3985 4806 </em></span> 3986 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a>server string (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print 4807 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id348746"></a> 4808 4809 server string (G) 4810 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id348747"></a><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print 3987 4811 manager and next to the IPC connection in <code class="literal">net view</code>. It 3988 4812 can be any string that you wish to show to your users.</p><p>It also sets what will appear in browse lists next … … 3993 4817 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server string</code></em> = <code class="literal">University of GNUs Samba Server</code> 3994 4818 </em></span> 3995 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a>set directory (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 4819 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id348834"></a> 4820 4821 set directory (S) 4822 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id348835"></a><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 3996 4823 If <code class="literal">set directory = no</code>, then users of the 3997 4824 service may not use the setdir command to change directory. … … 4002 4829 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4003 4830 </em></span> 4004 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a>set primary group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a 4831 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id348891"></a> 4832 4833 set primary group script (G) 4834 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id348892"></a><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a 4005 4835 primary group in addition to the auxiliary groups. This script 4006 4836 sets the primary group in the unix userdatase when an … … 4014 4844 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set primary group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u'</code> 4015 4845 </em></span> 4016 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a>set quota command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used 4846 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id348968"></a> 4847 4848 set quota command (G) 4849 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id348969"></a><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used 4017 4850 whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that 4018 4851 samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available if Samba was configured with the argument <code class="literal">--with-sys-quotas</code> or … … 4020 4853 was found in the system. Most packages are configured with these options already.</p><p>This parameter should specify the path to a script that 4021 4854 can set quota for the specified arguments.</p><p>The specified script should take the following arguments:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>1 - quota type 4022 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="circle"><li><p>1 - user quotas</p></li><li><p>2 - user default quotas (uid = -1)</p></li><li><p>3 - group quotas</p></li><li><p>4 - group default quotas (gid = -1)</p></li></ul></div><p> 4023 </p></li><li><p>2 - id (uid for user, gid for group, -1 if N/A)</p></li><li><p>3 - quota state (0 = disable, 1 = enable, 2 = enable and enforce)</p></li><li><p>4 - block softlimit</p></li><li><p>5 - block hardlimit</p></li><li><p>6 - inode softlimit</p></li><li><p>7 - inode hardlimit</p></li><li><p>8(optional) - block size, defaults to 1024</p></li></ul></div><p>The script should output at least one line of data on success. And nothing on failure.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4855 </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="circle"><li><p>1 - user quotas</p></li><li><p>2 - user default quotas (uid = -1)</p></li><li><p>3 - group quotas</p></li><li><p>4 - group default quotas (gid = -1)</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p>2 - id (uid for user, gid for group, -1 if N/A)</p></li><li><p>3 - quota state (0 = disable, 1 = enable, 2 = enable and enforce)</p></li><li><p>4 - block softlimit</p></li><li><p>5 - block hardlimit</p></li><li><p>6 - inode softlimit</p></li><li><p>7 - inode hardlimit</p></li><li><p>8(optional) - block size, defaults to 1024</p></li></ul></div><p>The script should output at least one line of data on success. And nothing on failure.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4024 4856 </em></span> 4025 4857 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/set_quota</code> 4026 4858 </em></span> 4027 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHAREMODES"></a>share modes (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of 4859 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349122"></a> 4860 4861 share modes (S) 4862 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349123"></a><a name="SHAREMODES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of 4028 4863 the <em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> during a file open. These 4029 4864 modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or write access … … 4038 4873 off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4039 4874 </em></span> 4040 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a>short preserve case (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 4875 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349210"></a> 4876 4877 short preserve case (S) 4878 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349211"></a><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4041 4879 This boolean parameter controls if new files which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of 4042 suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the <a class=" indexterm" name="id324165"></a>default case.4043 This option can be use with <a class=" indexterm" name="id324172"></a>preserve case = yesto permit long filenames4880 suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE">default case</a>. 4881 This option can be use with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRESERVECASE">preserve case = yes</a> to permit long filenames 4044 4882 to retain their case, while short names are lowered. 4045 </p><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>short preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4046 </em></span> 4047 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a>show add printer wizard (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support 4883 </p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>short preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4884 </em></span> 4885 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349284"></a> 4886 4887 show add printer wizard (G) 4888 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349285"></a><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support 4048 4889 for Windows NT/2000 client in Samba 2.2, a "Printers..." folder will 4049 4890 appear on Samba hosts in the share listing. Normally this folder will … … 4063 4904 administrative privilege on an individual printer.</p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>show add printer wizard</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4064 4905 </em></span> 4065 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a>shutdown script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by 4066 <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that should 4906 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349357"></a> 4907 4908 shutdown script (G) 4909 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349358"></a><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by 4910 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that should 4067 4911 start a shutdown procedure.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>, 4068 4912 right, this command will be run as user.</p><p>The %z %t %r %f variables are expanded as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>%z</code></em> will be substituted with the … … 4088 4932 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f</code> 4089 4933 </em></span> 4090 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a>smb passwd file (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By 4934 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349502"></a> 4935 4936 smb passwd file (G) 4937 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349503"></a><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By 4091 4938 default the path to the smbpasswd file is compiled into Samba.</p><p> 4092 4939 An example of use is: … … 4096 4943 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb passwd file</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private/smbpasswd</code> 4097 4944 </em></span> 4098 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SMBPORTS"></a>smb ports (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code> 4099 </em></span> 4100 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a>socket address (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what 4945 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349554"></a> 4946 4947 smb ports (G) 4948 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349555"></a><a name="SMBPORTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code> 4949 </em></span> 4950 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349595"></a> 4951 4952 socket address (G) 4953 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349596"></a><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what 4101 4954 address Samba will listen for connections on. This is used to 4102 4955 support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each … … 4106 4959 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket address</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.168.2.20</code> 4107 4960 </em></span> 4108 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a>socket options (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options 4961 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349657"></a> 4962 4963 socket options (G) 4964 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349658"></a><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options 4109 4965 to be used when talking with the client.</p><p>Socket options are controls on the networking layer 4110 4966 of the operating systems which allow the connection to be … … 4119 4975 either incorrectly typed it or you need to add an include file 4120 4976 to includes.h for your OS. If the latter is the case please 4121 send the patch to <a href="mailto:samba-technical@samba.org" target="_top">4977 send the patch to <a class="ulink" href="mailto:samba-technical@samba.org" target="_top"> 4122 4978 samba-technical@samba.org</a>.</p><p>Any of the supported socket options may be combined 4123 4979 in any way you like, as long as your OS allows it.</p><p>This is the list of socket options currently settable … … 4134 4990 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket options</code></em> = <code class="literal">IPTOS_LOWDELAY</code> 4135 4991 </em></span> 4136 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STATCACHE"></a>stat cache (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to 4992 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349850"></a> 4993 4994 stat cache (G) 4995 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349851"></a><a name="STATCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to 4137 4996 speed up case insensitive name mappings. You should never need 4138 4997 to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4139 4998 </em></span> 4140 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a>store dos attributes (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 4999 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349899"></a> 5000 5001 store dos attributes (S) 5002 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349900"></a><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4141 5003 If this parameter is set Samba attempts to first read DOS attributes (SYSTEM, HIDDEN, ARCHIVE or 4142 5004 READ-ONLY) from a filesystem extended attribute, before mapping DOS attributes to UNIX permission bits (such 4143 as occurs with <a class=" indexterm" name="id324831"></a>map hidden and <a class="indexterm" name="id324838"></a>map readonly). When set, DOS5005 as occurs with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPHIDDEN">map hidden</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPREADONLY">map readonly</a>). When set, DOS 4144 5006 attributes will be stored onto an extended attribute in the UNIX filesystem, associated with the file or 4145 directory. For no other mapping to occur as a fall-back, the parameters <a class=" indexterm" name="id324846"></a>map hidden,4146 <a class=" indexterm" name="id324854"></a>map system, <a class="indexterm" name="id324861"></a>map archive and <a class="indexterm" name="id324868"></a>map readonlymust be set to off. This parameter writes the DOS attributes as a string into the extended5007 directory. For no other mapping to occur as a fall-back, the parameters <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPHIDDEN">map hidden</a>, 5008 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPSYSTEM">map system</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPARCHIVE">map archive</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPREADONLY">map readonly</a> must be set to off. This parameter writes the DOS attributes as a string into the extended 4147 5009 attribute named "user.DOSATTRIB". This extended attribute is explicitly hidden from smbd clients requesting an 4148 5010 EA list. On Linux the filesystem must have been mounted with the mount option user_xattr in order for … … 4150 5012 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>store dos attributes</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4151 5013 </em></span> 4152 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a>strict allocate (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of 5014 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350009"></a> 5015 5016 strict allocate (S) 5017 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350010"></a><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of 4153 5018 disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> 4154 5019 the server will change from UNIX behaviour of not committing real … … 4162 5027 of users.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict allocate</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4163 5028 </em></span> 4164 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a>strict locking (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 5029 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350073"></a> 5030 5031 strict locking (S) 5032 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350074"></a><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4165 5033 This is an enumerated type that controls the handling of file locking in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, 4166 5034 the server will check every read and write access for file locks, and deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on … … 4178 5046 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">Auto</code> 4179 5047 </em></span> 4180 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a>strict sync (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer 5048 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350145"></a> 5049 5050 strict sync (S) 5051 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350146"></a><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer 4181 5052 shell) seem to confuse flushing buffer contents to disk with doing 4182 5053 a sync to disk. Under UNIX, a sync call forces the process to be … … 4185 5056 This is very slow and should only be done rarely. Setting this 4186 5057 parameter to <code class="constant">no</code> (the default) means that 4187 <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> ignores the Windows5058 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> ignores the Windows 4188 5059 applications requests for a sync call. There is only a possibility 4189 5060 of losing data if the operating system itself that Samba is running … … 4192 5063 reported with the new Windows98 explorer shell file copies.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4193 5064 </em></span> 4194 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a>svcctl list (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd 5065 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350206"></a> 5066 5067 svcctl list (G) 5068 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350207"></a><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd 4195 5069 will use for starting and stopping Unix services via the Win32 4196 5070 ServiceControl API. This allows Windows administrators to … … 4205 5079 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>svcctl list</code></em> = <code class="literal">cups postfix portmap httpd</code> 4206 5080 </em></span> 4207 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a>sync always (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls 5081 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350287"></a> 5082 5083 sync always (S) 5084 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350288"></a><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls 4208 5085 whether writes will always be written to stable storage before 4209 5086 the write call returns. If this is <code class="constant">no</code> then the server will be … … 4216 5093 any affect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>sync always</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4217 5094 </em></span> 4218 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYSLOG"></a>syslog (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 5095 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350353"></a> 5096 5097 syslog only (G) 5098 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350354"></a><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5099 If this parameter is set then Samba debug messages are logged into the system 5100 syslog only, and not to the debug log files. There still will be some 5101 logging to log.[sn]mbd even if <span class="emphasis"><em>syslog only</em></span> is enabled. 5102 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5103 </em></span> 5104 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350399"></a> 5105 5106 syslog (G) 5107 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350400"></a><a name="SYSLOG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4219 5108 This parameter maps how Samba debug messages are logged onto the system syslog logging levels. 4220 5109 Samba debug level zero maps onto syslog <code class="constant">LOG_ERR</code>, debug level one maps onto … … 4223 5112 </p><p> 4224 5113 This parameter sets the threshold for sending messages to syslog. Only messages with debug 4225 level less than this value will be sent to syslog. 5114 level less than this value will be sent to syslog. There still will be some 5115 logging to log.[sn]mbd even if <span class="emphasis"><em>syslog only</em></span> is enabled. 4226 5116 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 4227 5117 </em></span> 4228 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a>syslog only (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 4229 If this parameter is set then Samba debug messages are logged into the system 4230 syslog only, and not to the debug log files. 4231 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4232 </em></span> 4233 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a>template homedir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 4234 user, the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 5118 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350465"></a> 5119 5120 template homedir (G) 5121 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350466"></a><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 5122 user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 4235 5123 parameter to fill in the home directory for that user. If the 4236 5124 string <em class="parameter"><code>%D</code></em> is present it … … 4239 5127 is substituted with the user's Windows NT user name.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>template homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/%D/%U</code> 4240 5128 </em></span> 4241 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a>template shell (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 4242 user, the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 4243 parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a>time offset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add 5129 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350528"></a> 5130 5131 template shell (G) 5132 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350529"></a><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT 5133 user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this 5134 parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350564"></a> 5135 5136 time offset (G) 5137 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350565"></a><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add 4244 5138 to the normal GMT to local time conversion. This is useful if 4245 5139 you are serving a lot of PCs that have incorrect daylight … … 4248 5142 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time offset</code></em> = <code class="literal">60</code> 4249 5143 </em></span> 4250 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMESERVER"></a>time server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows 5144 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350623"></a> 5145 5146 time server (G) 5147 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350624"></a><a name="TIMESERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows 4251 5148 clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time server</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4252 5149 </em></span> 4253 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a>unix charset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine 5150 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350672"></a> 5151 5152 unix charset (G) 5153 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350674"></a><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine 4254 5154 Samba runs on uses. Samba needs to know this in order to be able to 4255 5155 convert text to the charsets other SMB clients use. … … 4260 5160 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">ASCII</code> 4261 5161 </em></span> 4262 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a>unix extensions (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 5162 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350736"></a> 5163 5164 unix extensions (G) 5165 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350737"></a><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 4263 5166 implments the CIFS UNIX extensions, as defined by HP. 4264 5167 These extensions enable Samba to better serve UNIX CIFS clients … … 4267 5170 no current use to Windows clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix extensions</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4268 5171 </em></span> 4269 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a>unix password sync (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 5172 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350779"></a> 5173 5174 unix password sync (G) 5175 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350780"></a><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba 4270 5176 attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password 4271 5177 when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed. … … 4276 5182 access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix password sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4277 5183 </em></span> 4278 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a>update encrypted (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 5184 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350836"></a> 5185 5186 update encrypted (G) 5187 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350837"></a><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4279 5188 This boolean parameter allows a user logging on with a plaintext password to have their encrypted (hashed) 4280 5189 password in the smbpasswd file to be updated automatically as they log on. This option allows a site to … … 4286 5195 in the smbpasswd file this parameter should be set to <code class="constant">no</code>. 4287 5196 </p><p> 4288 In order for this parameter to be operative the <a class=" indexterm" name="id325719"></a>encrypt passwordsparameter must4289 be set to <code class="constant">no</code>. The default value of <a class=" indexterm" name="id325730"></a>encrypt passwords = Yes. Note: This must be set to <code class="constant">no</code> for this <a class="indexterm" name="id325741"></a>update encryptedto work.5197 In order for this parameter to be operative the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">encrypt passwords</a> parameter must 5198 be set to <code class="constant">no</code>. The default value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">encrypt passwords = Yes</a>. Note: This must be set to <code class="constant">no</code> for this <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UPDATEENCRYPTED">update encrypted</a> to work. 4290 5199 </p><p> 4291 5200 Note that even when this parameter is set a user authenticating to <code class="literal">smbd</code> … … 4294 5203 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>update encrypted</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4295 5204 </em></span> 4296 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a>use client driver (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 5205 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350941"></a> 5206 5207 use client driver (S) 5208 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350942"></a><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 4297 5209 clients. It has no effect on Windows 95/98/ME clients. When 4298 5210 serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing … … 4319 5231 server.</em></span></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use client driver</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4320 5232 </em></span> 4321 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USEKERBEROSKEYTAB"></a>use kerberos keytab (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 5233 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351010"></a> 5234 5235 use kerberos keytab (G) 5236 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351011"></a><a name="USEKERBEROSKEYTAB"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4322 5237 Specifies whether Samba should attempt to maintain service principals in the systems 4323 5238 keytab file for <code class="constant">host/FQDN</code> and <code class="constant">cifs/FQDN</code>. … … 4331 5246 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use kerberos keytab</code></em> = <code class="literal">False</code> 4332 5247 </em></span> 4333 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USEMMAP"></a>use mmap (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can 5248 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351074"></a> 5249 5250 use mmap (G) 5251 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351075"></a><a name="USEMMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can 4334 5252 depend on mmap working correctly on the running system. Samba requires a coherent 4335 5253 mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only HPUX does not have such a … … 4340 5258 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use mmap</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4341 5259 </em></span> 4342 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USER"></a>user</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for username.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERS"></a>users</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for username.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAME"></a>username (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited 5260 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351122"></a> 5261 5262 username level (G) 5263 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351123"></a><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at 5264 the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase 5265 username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the 5266 username with the first letter capitalized, and fails if the 5267 username is not found on the UNIX machine.</p><p>If this parameter is set to non-zero the behavior changes. 5268 This parameter is a number that specifies the number of uppercase 5269 combinations to try while trying to determine the UNIX user name. The 5270 higher the number the more combinations will be tried, but the slower 5271 the discovery of usernames will be. Use this parameter when you have 5272 strange usernames on your UNIX machine, such as <code class="constant">AstrangeUser 5273 </code>.</p><p>This parameter is needed only on UNIX systems that have case 5274 sensitive usernames.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username level</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 5275 </em></span> 5276 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username level</code></em> = <code class="literal">5</code> 5277 </em></span> 5278 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351196"></a> 5279 5280 username map script (G) 5281 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351197"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the 5282 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP">username map</a> parameter. This parameter 5283 specifies and external program or script that must accept a single 5284 command line option (the username transmitted in the authentication 5285 request) and return a line line on standard output (the name to which 5286 the account should mapped). In this way, it is possible to store 5287 username map tables in an LDAP or NIS directory services. 5288 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 5289 </em></span> 5290 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers.sh</code> 5291 </em></span> 5292 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351267"></a> 5293 5294 username map (G) 5295 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351268"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5296 This option allows you to specify a file containing a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server. 5297 This can be used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames that users use on DOS or Windows 5298 machines to those that the UNIX box uses. The other is to map multiple users to a single username so that they 5299 can more easily share files. 5300 </p><p> 5301 Please note that for user or share mode security, the username map is applied prior to validating the user 5302 credentials. Domain member servers (domain or ads) apply the username map after the user has been 5303 successfully authenticated by the domain controller and require fully qualified enties in the map table (e.g. 5304 biddle = <code class="literal">DOMAIN\foo</code>). 5305 </p><p> 5306 The map file is parsed line by line. Each line should contain a single UNIX username on the left then a '=' 5307 followed by a list of usernames on the right. The list of usernames on the right may contain names of the form 5308 @group in which case they will match any UNIX username in that group. The special client name '*' is a 5309 wildcard and matches any name. Each line of the map file may be up to 1023 characters long. 5310 </p><p> 5311 The file is processed on each line by taking the supplied username and comparing it with each username on the 5312 right hand side of the '=' signs. If the supplied name matches any of the names on the right hand side then it 5313 is replaced with the name on the left. Processing then continues with the next line. 5314 </p><p> 5315 If any line begins with a '#' or a ';' then it is ignored. 5316 </p><p> 5317 If any line begins with an '!' then the processing will stop after that line if a mapping was done by the 5318 line. Otherwise mapping continues with every line being processed. Using '!' is most useful when you have a 5319 wildcard mapping line later in the file. 5320 </p><p> 5321 For example to map from the name <code class="constant">admin</code> or <code class="constant">administrator</code> to the UNIX 5322 name <code class="constant"> root</code> you would use: 5323 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 5324 <code class="literal">root = admin administrator</code> 5325 </pre><p> 5326 Or to map anyone in the UNIX group <code class="constant">system</code> to the UNIX name <code class="constant">sys</code> you would use: 5327 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 5328 <code class="literal">sys = @system</code> 5329 </pre><p> 5330 </p><p> 5331 You can have as many mappings as you like in a username map file. 5332 </p><p> 5333 If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then the netgroup database is checked before the <code class="filename">/etc/group </code> database for matching groups. 5334 </p><p> 5335 You can map Windows usernames that have spaces in them by using double quotes around the name. For example: 5336 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 5337 <code class="literal">tridge = "Andrew Tridgell"</code> 5338 </pre><p> 5339 would map the windows username "Andrew Tridgell" to the unix username "tridge". 5340 </p><p> 5341 The following example would map mary and fred to the unix user sys, and map the rest to guest. Note the use of the 5342 '!' to tell Samba to stop processing if it gets a match on that line: 5343 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 5344 !sys = mary fred 5345 guest = * 5346 </pre><p> 5347 </p><p> 5348 Note that the remapping is applied to all occurrences of usernames. Thus if you connect to \\server\fred and 5349 <code class="constant">fred</code> is remapped to <code class="constant">mary</code> then you will actually be connecting to 5350 \\server\mary and will need to supply a password suitable for <code class="constant">mary</code> not 5351 <code class="constant">fred</code>. The only exception to this is the username passed to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER">password server</a> (if you have one). The password server will receive whatever username the client 5352 supplies without modification. 5353 </p><p> 5354 Also note that no reverse mapping is done. The main effect this has is with printing. Users who have been 5355 mapped may have trouble deleting print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think they don't own the print 5356 job. 5357 </p><p> 5358 Samba versions prior to 3.0.8 would only support reading the fully qualified username 5359 (e.g.: <code class="literal">DOMAIN\user</code>) from 5360 the username map when performing a kerberos login from a client. However, when looking up a map entry for a 5361 user authenticated by NTLM[SSP], only the login name would be used for matches. This resulted in inconsistent 5362 behavior sometimes even on the same server. 5363 </p><p> 5364 The following functionality is obeyed in version 3.0.8 and later: 5365 </p><p> 5366 When performing local authentication, the username map is applied to the login name before attempting to authenticate 5367 the connection. 5368 </p><p> 5369 When relying upon a external domain controller for validating authentication requests, smbd will apply the username map 5370 to the fully qualified username (i.e. <code class="literal">DOMAIN\user</code>) only after the user has been successfully authenticated. 5371 </p><p> 5372 An example of use is: 5373 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 5374 username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users.map 5375 </pre><p> 5376 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map</code></em> = <code class="literal"> 5377 # no username map</code> 5378 </em></span> 5379 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351509"></a><a name="USER"></a>user</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351510"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351540"></a><a name="USERS"></a>users</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351541"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351570"></a> 5380 5381 username (S) 5382 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351571"></a><a name="USERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited 4343 5383 list, in which case the supplied password will be tested against 4344 5384 each username in turn (left to right).</p><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> line is needed only when … … 4359 5399 telnet session. The daemon runs as the user that they log in as, 4360 5400 so they cannot do anything that user cannot do.</p><p>To restrict a service to a particular set of users you 4361 can use the <a class=" indexterm" name="id326066"></a>valid usersparameter.</p><p>If any of the usernames begin with a '@' then the name5401 can use the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VALIDUSERS">valid users</a> parameter.</p><p>If any of the usernames begin with a '@' then the name 4362 5402 will be looked up first in the NIS netgroups list (if Samba 4363 5403 is compiled with netgroup support), followed by a lookup in … … 4370 5410 of all users in the netgroup group of that name.</p><p>Note that searching though a groups database can take 4371 5411 quite some time, and some clients may time out during the 4372 search.</p><p>See the section <a href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">NOTE ABOUT5412 search.</p><p>See the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">NOTE ABOUT 4373 5413 USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a> for more information on how 4374 5414 this parameter determines access to the services.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> = <code class="literal"> … … 4378 5418 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup</code> 4379 5419 </em></span> 4380 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a>username level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at 4381 the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase 4382 username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the 4383 username with the first letter capitalized, and fails if the 4384 username is not found on the UNIX machine.</p><p>If this parameter is set to non-zero the behavior changes. 4385 This parameter is a number that specifies the number of uppercase 4386 combinations to try while trying to determine the UNIX user name. The 4387 higher the number the more combinations will be tried, but the slower 4388 the discovery of usernames will be. Use this parameter when you have 4389 strange usernames on your UNIX machine, such as <code class="constant">AstrangeUser 4390 </code>.</p><p>This parameter is needed only on UNIX systems that have case 4391 sensitive usernames.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username level</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4392 </em></span> 4393 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username level</code></em> = <code class="literal">5</code> 4394 </em></span> 4395 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a>username map (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 4396 This option allows you to specify a file containing a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server. 4397 This can be used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames that users use on DOS or Windows 4398 machines to those that the UNIX box uses. The other is to map multiple users to a single username so that they 4399 can more easily share files. 4400 </p><p> 4401 Please note that for user or share mode security, the username map is applied prior to validating the user 4402 credentials. Domain member servers (domain or ads) apply the username map after the user has been 4403 successfully authenticated by the domain controller and require fully qualified enties in the map table (e.g. 4404 biddle = DOMAIN\foo). 4405 </p><p> 4406 The map file is parsed line by line. Each line should contain a single UNIX username on the left then a '=' 4407 followed by a list of usernames on the right. The list of usernames on the right may contain names of the form 4408 @group in which case they will match any UNIX username in that group. The special client name '*' is a 4409 wildcard and matches any name. Each line of the map file may be up to 1023 characters long. 4410 </p><p> 4411 The file is processed on each line by taking the supplied username and comparing it with each username on the 4412 right hand side of the '=' signs. If the supplied name matches any of the names on the right hand side then it 4413 is replaced with the name on the left. Processing then continues with the next line. 4414 </p><p> 4415 If any line begins with a '#' or a ';' then it is ignored. 4416 </p><p> 4417 If any line begins with an '!' then the processing will stop after that line if a mapping was done by the 4418 line. Otherwise mapping continues with every line being processed. Using '!' is most useful when you have a 4419 wildcard mapping line later in the file. 4420 </p><p> 4421 For example to map from the name <code class="constant">admin</code> or <code class="constant">administrator</code> to the UNIX 4422 name <code class="constant"> root</code> you would use: 4423 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 4424 <code class="literal">root = admin administrator</code> 4425 </pre><p> 4426 Or to map anyone in the UNIX group <code class="constant">system</code> to the UNIX name <code class="constant">sys</code> you would use: 4427 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 4428 <code class="literal">sys = @system</code> 4429 </pre><p> 4430 </p><p> 4431 You can have as many mappings as you like in a username map file. 4432 </p><p> 4433 If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then the netgroup database is checked before the <code class="filename">/etc/group </code> database for matching groups. 4434 </p><p> 4435 You can map Windows usernames that have spaces in them by using double quotes around the name. For example: 4436 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 4437 <code class="literal">tridge = "Andrew Tridgell"</code> 4438 </pre><p> 4439 would map the windows username "Andrew Tridgell" to the unix username "tridge". 4440 </p><p> 4441 The following example would map mary and fred to the unix user sys, and map the rest to guest. Note the use of the 4442 '!' to tell Samba to stop processing if it gets a match on that line: 4443 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 4444 !sys = mary fred 4445 guest = * 4446 </pre><p> 4447 </p><p> 4448 Note that the remapping is applied to all occurrences of usernames. Thus if you connect to \\server\fred and 4449 <code class="constant">fred</code> is remapped to <code class="constant">mary</code> then you will actually be connecting to 4450 \\server\mary and will need to supply a password suitable for <code class="constant">mary</code> not 4451 <code class="constant">fred</code>. The only exception to this is the username passed to the <a class="indexterm" name="id326373"></a>password server (if you have one). The password server will receive whatever username the client 4452 supplies without modification. 4453 </p><p> 4454 Also note that no reverse mapping is done. The main effect this has is with printing. Users who have been 4455 mapped may have trouble deleting print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think they don't own the print 4456 job. 4457 </p><p> 4458 Samba versions prior to 3.0.8 would only support reading the fully qualified username (e.g.: DOMAIN\user) from 4459 the username map when performing a kerberos login from a client. However, when looking up a map entry for a 4460 user authenticated by NTLM[SSP], only the login name would be used for matches. This resulted in inconsistent 4461 behavior sometimes even on the same server. 4462 </p><p> 4463 The following functionality is obeyed in version 3.0.8 and later: 4464 </p><p> 4465 When performing local authentication, the username map is applied to the login name before attempting to authenticate 4466 the connection. 4467 </p><p> 4468 When relying upon a external domain controller for validating authentication requests, smbd will apply the username map 4469 to the fully qualified username (i.e. DOMAIN\user) only after the user has been successfully authenticated. 4470 </p><p> 4471 An example of use is: 4472 </p><pre class="programlisting"> 4473 username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users.map 4474 </pre><p> 4475 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map</code></em> = <code class="literal"> 4476 # no username map</code> 4477 </em></span> 4478 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a>username map script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the 4479 <a class="indexterm" name="id326456"></a>username map parameter. This parameter 4480 specifies and external program or script that must accept a single 4481 command line option (the username transmitted in the authentication 4482 request) and return a line line on standard output (the name to which 4483 the account should mapped). In this way, it is possible to store 4484 username map tables in an LDAP or NIS directory services. 4485 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4486 </em></span> 4487 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers.sh</code> 4488 </em></span> 4489 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a>usershare allow guests (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed 5420 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351716"></a> 5421 5422 usershare allow guests (G) 5423 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351717"></a><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed 4490 5424 to be accessed by non-authenticated users or not. It is the equivalent 4491 5425 of allowing people who can create a share the option of setting … … 4494 5428 is set to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare allow guests</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4495 5429 </em></span> 4496 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a>usershare max shares (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares 5430 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351765"></a> 5431 5432 usershare max shares (G) 5433 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351766"></a><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares 4497 5434 that are allowed to be created by users belonging to the group owning the 4498 5435 usershare directory. If set to zero (the default) user defined shares are ignored. 4499 5436 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare max shares</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code> 4500 5437 </em></span> 4501 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a>usershare owner only (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by 5438 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351807"></a> 5439 5440 usershare owner only (G) 5441 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351808"></a><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by 4502 5442 a user defined shares must be owned by the user creating the 4503 5443 user defined share or not. If set to True (the default) then … … 4509 5449 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare owner only</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code> 4510 5450 </em></span> 4511 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a>usershare path (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the 5451 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351851"></a> 5452 5453 usershare path (G) 5454 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351852"></a><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the 4512 5455 filesystem used to store the user defined share definition files. 4513 5456 This directory must be owned by root, and have no access for … … 4530 5473 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare path</code></em> = <code class="literal">NULL</code> 4531 5474 </em></span> 4532 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a>usershare prefix allow list (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 5475 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351915"></a> 5476 5477 usershare prefix allow list (G) 5478 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351916"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 4533 5479 the root of which are allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. 4534 5480 If the pathname exported doesn't start with one of the strings in this … … 4545 5491 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix allow list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home /data /space</code> 4546 5492 </em></span> 4547 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a>usershare prefix deny list (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 5493 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351982"></a> 5494 5495 usershare prefix deny list (G) 5496 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351983"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames 4548 5497 the root of which are NOT allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions. 4549 5498 If the pathname exported starts with one of the strings in this … … 4561 5510 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix deny list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc /dev /private</code> 4562 5511 </em></span> 4563 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a>usershare template share (G)</span></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters 5512 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352053"></a> 5513 5514 usershare template share (G) 5515 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352054"></a><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters 4564 5516 such as path, guest ok etc. This parameter allows usershares to 4565 5517 "cloned" from an existing share. If "usershare template share" … … 4576 5528 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare template share</code></em> = <code class="literal">template_share</code> 4577 5529 </em></span> 4578 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USESENDFILE"></a>use sendfile (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code> 5530 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352120"></a> 5531 5532 use sendfile (S) 5533 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352121"></a><a name="USESENDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code> 4579 5534 system call is supported by the underlying operating system, then some SMB read calls 4580 5535 (mainly ReadAndX and ReadRaw) will use the more efficient sendfile system call for files that … … 4585 5540 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use sendfile</code></em> = <code class="literal">false</code> 4586 5541 </em></span> 4587 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USESPNEGO"></a>use spnego (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try 5542 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352172"></a> 5543 5544 use spnego (G) 5545 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352173"></a><a name="USESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try 4588 5546 to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with 4589 5547 WindowsXP and Windows2000 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism. … … 4593 5551 disabled.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4594 5552 </em></span> 4595 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UTMP"></a>utmp (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 4596 This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled 4597 with the option <code class="literal">--with-utmp</code>. If set to 4598 <code class="constant">yes</code> then Samba will attempt to add utmp or utmpx records 4599 (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a connection is made to a Samba server. 4600 Sites may use this to record the user connecting to a Samba share. 4601 </p><p> 4602 Due to the requirements of the utmp record, we are required to create a unique 4603 identifier for the incoming user. Enabling this option creates an n^2 algorithm 4604 to find this number. This may impede performance on large installations. 4605 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4606 </em></span> 4607 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a>utmp directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has 5553 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352218"></a> 5554 5555 utmp directory (G) 5556 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352219"></a><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has 4608 5557 been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal"> 4609 5558 --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is … … 4617 5566 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/utmp</code> 4618 5567 </em></span> 4619 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="-VALID"></a>-valid (S)</span></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is 4620 valid and thus can be used. When this parameter is set to false, 4621 the share will be in no way visible nor accessible. 4622 </p><p> 4623 This option should not be 4624 used by regular users but might be of help to developers. 4625 Samba uses this option internally to mark shares as deleted. 4626 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>-valid</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4627 </em></span> 4628 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a>valid users (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 5568 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352292"></a> 5569 5570 utmp (G) 5571 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352293"></a><a name="UTMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5572 This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled 5573 with the option <code class="literal">--with-utmp</code>. If set to 5574 <code class="constant">yes</code> then Samba will attempt to add utmp or utmpx records 5575 (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a connection is made to a Samba server. 5576 Sites may use this to record the user connecting to a Samba share. 5577 </p><p> 5578 Due to the requirements of the utmp record, we are required to create a unique 5579 identifier for the incoming user. Enabling this option creates an n^2 algorithm 5580 to find this number. This may impede performance on large installations. 5581 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 5582 </em></span> 5583 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352349"></a> 5584 5585 valid users (S) 5586 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352350"></a><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4629 5587 This is a list of users that should be allowed to login to this service. Names starting with 4630 5588 '@', '+' and '&' are interpreted using the same rules as described in the … … 4642 5600 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>valid users</code></em> = <code class="literal">greg, @pcusers</code> 4643 5601 </em></span> 4644 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VETOFILES"></a>veto files (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 5602 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352436"></a> 5603 5604 -valid (S) 5605 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352437"></a><a name="-VALID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is 5606 valid and thus can be used. When this parameter is set to false, 5607 the share will be in no way visible nor accessible. 5608 </p><p> 5609 This option should not be 5610 used by regular users but might be of help to developers. 5611 Samba uses this option internally to mark shares as deleted. 5612 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>-valid</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 5613 </em></span> 5614 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352481"></a> 5615 5616 veto files (S) 5617 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352482"></a><a name="VETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4645 5618 This is a list of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible. Each entry in 4646 5619 the list must be separated by a '/', which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*' and '?' … … 4650 5623 unix directory separator '/'. 4651 5624 </p><p> 4652 Note that the <a class=" indexterm" name="id327272"></a>case sensitiveoption is applicable in vetoing files.5625 Note that the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a> option is applicable in vetoing files. 4653 5626 </p><p> 4654 5627 One feature of the veto files parameter that it is important to be aware of is Samba's behaviour when 4655 5628 trying to delete a directory. If a directory that is to be deleted contains nothing but veto files this 4656 deletion will <span class="emphasis"><em>fail</em></span> unless you also set the <a class=" indexterm" name="id327288"></a>delete veto files5629 deletion will <span class="emphasis"><em>fail</em></span> unless you also set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEVETOFILES">delete veto files</a> 4657 5630 parameter to <em class="parameter"><code>yes</code></em>. 4658 5631 </p><p> … … 4673 5646 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">No files or directories are vetoed.</code> 4674 5647 </em></span> 4675 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a>veto oplock files (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 4676 This parameter is only valid when the <a class="indexterm" name="id327357"></a>oplocks 5648 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352588"></a> 5649 5650 veto oplock files (S) 5651 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352589"></a><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 5652 This parameter is only valid when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS">oplocks</a> 4677 5653 parameter is turned on for a share. It allows the Samba administrator 4678 5654 to selectively turn off the granting of oplocks on selected files that 4679 5655 match a wildcarded list, similar to the wildcarded list used in the 4680 <a class=" indexterm" name="id327366"></a>veto filesparameter.5656 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOFILES">veto files</a> parameter. 4681 5657 </p><p> 4682 5658 You might want to do this on files that you know will be heavily contended … … 4694 5670 # No files are vetoed for oplock grants</code> 4695 5671 </em></span> 4696 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VFSOBJECT"></a>vfs object</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for vfs objects.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a>vfs objects (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which 5672 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352674"></a><a name="VFSOBJECT"></a>vfs object</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352675"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352704"></a> 5673 5674 vfs objects (S) 5675 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352705"></a><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which 4697 5676 are used for Samba VFS I/O operations. By default, normal 4698 5677 disk I/O operations are used but these can be overloaded … … 4701 5680 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>vfs objects</code></em> = <code class="literal">extd_audit recycle</code> 4702 5681 </em></span> 4703 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VOLUME"></a>volume (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label 5682 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352762"></a> 5683 5684 volume (S) 5685 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352763"></a><a name="VOLUME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label 4704 5686 returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs 4705 5687 that insist on a particular volume label.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>volume</code></em> = <code class="literal"> 4706 5688 # the name of the share</code> 4707 5689 </em></span> 4708 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WIDELINKS"></a>wide links (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links 5690 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352804"></a> 5691 5692 wide links (S) 5693 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352805"></a><a name="WIDELINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links 4709 5694 in the UNIX file system may be followed by the server. Links 4710 5695 that point to areas within the directory tree exported by the … … 4714 5699 that Samba has to do in order to perform the link checks.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wide links</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4715 5700 </em></span> 4716 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a>winbind cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of 4717 seconds the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will cache 5701 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352852"></a> 5702 5703 winbind cache time (G) 5704 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352853"></a><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of 5705 seconds the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will cache 4718 5706 user and group information before querying a Windows NT server 4719 5707 again.</p><p> 4720 5708 This does not apply to authentication requests, these are always 4721 evaluated in real time unless the <a class=" indexterm" name="id327609"></a>winbind offline logonoption has been enabled.5709 evaluated in real time unless the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDOFFLINELOGON">winbind offline logon</a> option has been enabled. 4722 5710 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">300</code> 4723 5711 </em></span> 4724 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a>winbind enum groups (G)</span></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress 5712 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352918"></a> 5713 5714 winbind enum groups (G) 5715 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352919"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress 4725 5716 the enumeration of groups through the <code class="literal">setgrent()</code>, 4726 5717 <code class="literal">getgrent()</code> and … … 4730 5721 call will not return any data. </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4731 5722 </em></span> 4732 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a>winbind enum users (G)</span></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be 5723 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353006"></a> 5724 5725 winbind enum users (G) 5726 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353007"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be 4733 5727 necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the <code class="literal">setpwent()</code>, 4734 5728 <code class="literal">getpwent()</code> and … … 4742 5736 usernames. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum users</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4743 5737 </em></span> 4744 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDEXPANDGROUPS"></a>winbind expand groups (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum depth that winbindd 4745 will traverse when flattening nested group memberships 4746 of Windows domain groups. This is different from the 4747 <a class="indexterm" name="id327830"></a>winbind nested groups option 4748 which implements the Windows NT4 model of local group 4749 nesting. The "winbind expand groups" 4750 parameter specifically applies to the membership of 4751 domain groups.</p><p>Be aware that a high value for this parameter can 4752 result in system slowdown as the main parent winbindd daemon 4753 must perform the group unrolling and will be unable to answer 4754 incoming NSS or authentication requests during this time.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind expand groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code> 4755 </em></span> 4756 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a>winbind nested groups (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested 5738 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353095"></a> 5739 5740 winbind nested groups (G) 5741 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353096"></a><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested 4757 5742 groups. Nested groups are also called local groups or 4758 5743 aliases. They work like their counterparts in Windows: Nested … … 4762 5747 groups, you need to run nss_winbind.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nested groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4763 5748 </em></span> 4764 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a>winbind normalize names (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace 5749 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353140"></a> 5750 5751 winbind normalize names (G) 5752 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353141"></a><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace 4765 5753 whitespace in user and group names with an underscore (_) character. 4766 5754 For example, whether the name "Space Kadet" should be … … 4774 5762 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind normalize names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4775 5763 </em></span> 4776 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a>winbind nss info (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name 5764 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353202"></a> 5765 5766 winbind nss info (G) 5767 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353203"></a><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name 4777 5768 Service Information to construct a user's home directory and login shell. 4778 5769 Currently the following settings are available: … … 4781 5772 - The default, using the parameters of <em class="parameter"><code>template 4782 5773 shell</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>template homedir</code></em>) 4783 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code> sfu</code></em>5774 </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code><sfu | rfc2307 ></code></em> 4784 5775 - When Samba is running in security = ads and your Active Directory 4785 5776 Domain Controller does support the Microsoft "Services for Unix" (SFU) 4786 5777 LDAP schema, winbind can retrieve the login shell and the home 4787 5778 directory attributes directly from your Directory Server. Note that 4788 retrieving UID and GID from your ADS-Server requires to use 4789 <em class="parameter"><code>idmap backend</code></em> = idmap_ad as well. 5779 retrieving UID and GID from your ADS-Server requires to 5780 use <em class="parameter"><code>idmap backend</code></em> = ad 5781 or <em class="parameter"><code>idmap config DOMAIN:backend</code></em> = ad 5782 as well. 4790 5783 </p></li></ul></div><p> 4791 5784 … … 4794 5787 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nss info</code></em> = <code class="literal">template sfu</code> 4795 5788 </em></span> 4796 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a>winbind offline logon (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should 5789 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353314"></a> 5790 5791 winbind offline logon (G) 5792 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353315"></a><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should 4797 5793 allow to login with the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em> 4798 5794 module using Cached Credentials. If enabled, winbindd will store user credentials … … 4802 5798 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind offline logon</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code> 4803 5799 </em></span> 4804 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a>winbind refresh tickets (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets 5800 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353380"></a> 5801 5802 winbind refresh tickets (G) 5803 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353381"></a><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets 4805 5804 retrieved using the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em> module. 4806 5805 … … 4809 5808 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind refresh tickets</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code> 4810 5809 </em></span> 4811 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDRPCONLY"></a>winbind rpc only (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 4812 Setting this parameter to <code class="literal">yes</code> forces 4813 winbindd to use RPC instead of LDAP to retrieve information from Domain 4814 Controllers. 4815 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind rpc only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4816 </em></span> 4817 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a>winbind separator (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character 5810 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353445"></a> 5811 5812 winbind separator (G) 5813 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353446"></a><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character 4818 5814 used when listing a username of the form of <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN 4819 5815 </code></em>\<em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>. This parameter … … 4826 5822 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind separator</code></em> = <code class="literal">+</code> 4827 5823 </em></span> 4828 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a>winbind trusted domains only (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 5824 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353527"></a> 5825 5826 winbind trusted domains only (G) 5827 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353528"></a><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4829 5828 This parameter is designed to allow Samba servers that are members 4830 5829 of a Samba controlled domain to use UNIX accounts distributed via NIS, … … 4834 5833 </p><p> 4835 5834 This parameter is now deprecated in favor of the newer idmap_nss backend. 4836 Refer to the <a class=" indexterm" name="id328357"></a>idmap domainssmb.conf option and4837 the <a href="idmap_nss.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_nss</span>(8)</span></a> man page for more information.5835 Refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a> smb.conf option and 5836 the <a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_nss.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_nss</span>(8)</span></a> man page for more information. 4838 5837 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind trusted domains only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4839 5838 </em></span> 4840 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a>winbind use default domain (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the 4841 <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon should operate on users 5839 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353600"></a> 5840 5841 winbind use default domain (G) 5842 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353601"></a><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the 5843 <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon should operate on users 4842 5844 without domain component in their username. Users without a domain 4843 5845 component are treated as is part of the winbindd server's own … … 4848 5850 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind use default domain</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4849 5851 </em></span> 4850 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSHOOK"></a>wins hook (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this 5852 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353668"></a> 5853 5854 wins hook (G) 5855 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353670"></a><a name="WINSHOOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this 4851 5856 allows you to call an external program for all changes to the 4852 5857 WINS database. The primary use for this option is to allow the … … 4869 5874 empty then the name should be deleted.</p></li></ul></div><p>An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update 4870 5875 program <code class="literal">nsupdate</code> is provided in the examples 4871 directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSPROXY"></a>wins proxy (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name 5876 directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353763"></a> 5877 5878 wins proxy (G) 5879 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353764"></a><a name="WINSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name 4872 5880 queries on behalf of other hosts. You may need to set this 4873 5881 to <code class="constant">yes</code> for some older clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4874 5882 </em></span> 4875 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSSERVER"></a>wins server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP 4876 address for preference) of the WINS server that <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> should register with. If you have a WINS server on 5883 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353816"></a> 5884 5885 wins server (G) 5886 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353817"></a><a name="WINSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP 5887 address for preference) of the WINS server that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> should register with. If you have a WINS server on 4877 5888 your network then you should set this to the WINS server's IP.</p><p>You should point this at your WINS server if you have a 4878 5889 multi-subnetted network.</p><p>If you want to work in multiple namespaces, you can … … 4892 5903 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins server</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.9.200.1 192.168.2.61</code> 4893 5904 </em></span> 4894 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a>wins support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should 5905 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353919"></a> 5906 5907 wins support (G) 5908 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353920"></a><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should 4895 5909 not set this to <code class="constant">yes</code> unless you have a multi-subnetted network and 4896 5910 you wish a particular <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to be your WINS server. … … 4898 5912 on more than one machine in your network.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code> 4899 5913 </em></span> 4900 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WORKGROUP"></a>workgroup (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will 5914 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353985"></a> 5915 5916 workgroup (G) 5917 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353986"></a><a name="WORKGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will 4901 5918 appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter 4902 5919 also controls the Domain name used with 4903 the <a class=" indexterm" name="id328788"></a>security = domain5920 the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = domain</a> 4904 5921 setting.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>workgroup</code></em> = <code class="literal">WORKGROUP</code> 4905 5922 </em></span> 4906 5923 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>workgroup</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYGROUP</code> 4907 5924 </em></span> 4908 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITABLE"></a>writable</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for writeable.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITEABLE"></a>writeable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="indexterm" name="id328872"></a>read only.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a>write cache size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 5925 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id354055"></a><a name="WRITABLE"></a>writable</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id354056"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id354085"></a> 5926 5927 writeable (S) 5928 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id354086"></a><a name="WRITEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only</a>.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id354123"></a> 5929 5930 write cache size (S) 5931 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id354124"></a><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value, 4909 5932 Samba will create an in-memory cache for each oplocked file 4910 5933 (it does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> do this for … … 4924 5947 # for a 256k cache size per file</code> 4925 5948 </em></span> 4926 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITELIST"></a>write list (S)</span></dt><dd><p> 5949 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id354199"></a> 5950 5951 write list (S) 5952 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id354200"></a><a name="WRITELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4927 5953 This is a list of users that are given read-write access to a service. If the 4928 5954 connecting user is in this list then they will be given write access, no matter 4929 what the <a class=" indexterm" name="id328980"></a>read onlyoption is set to. The list can5955 what the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only</a> option is set to. The list can 4930 5956 include group names using the @group syntax. 4931 5957 </p><p> … … 4934 5960 </p><p> 4935 5961 By design, this parameter will not work with the 4936 <a class=" indexterm" name="id328995"></a>security = sharein Samba 3.0.5962 <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = share</a> in Samba 3.0. 4937 5963 </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write list</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code> 4938 5964 </em></span> 4939 5965 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write list</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, root, @staff</code> 4940 5966 </em></span> 4941 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITERAW"></a>write raw (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 5967 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id354286"></a> 5968 5969 write raw (G) 5970 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id354287"></a><a name="WRITERAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server 4942 5971 will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients. 4943 5972 You should never need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code> 4944 5973 </em></span> 4945 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a>wtmp directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p> 5974 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id354328"></a> 5975 5976 wtmp directory (G) 5977 </h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id354329"></a><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> 4946 5978 This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal"> 4947 5979 --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on … … 4955 5987 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wtmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/log/wtmp</code> 4956 5988 </em></span> 4957 </p></dd></dl></div></div>< div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id329153"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p>5989 </p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id354406"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p> 4958 5990 Although the configuration file permits service names to contain spaces, your client software may not. 4959 5991 Spaces will be ignored in comparisons anyway, so it shouldn't be a problem - but be aware of the possibility. 4960 5992 </p><p> 4961 5993 On a similar note, many clients - especially DOS clients - limit service names to eight characters. 4962 <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> has no such5994 <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> has no such 4963 5995 limitation, but attempts to connect from such clients will fail if they truncate the service names. For this 4964 5996 reason you should probably keep your service names down to eight characters in length. … … 4968 6000 care when designing these sections. In particular, ensure that the permissions on spool directories are 4969 6001 correct. 4970 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id3 29196"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id329207"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>4971 <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id329286"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>6002 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id354449"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id354460"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> 6003 <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id354539"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> 4972 6004 The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed 4973 6005 by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed. 4974 6006 </p><p> 4975 6007 The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another 4976 excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">6008 excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top"> 4977 6009 ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0 release by Jeremy Allison. The conversion 4978 6010 to DocBook for Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald Carter. The conversion to DocBook XML 4.2 for Samba 3.0 was done by
Note:
See TracChangeset
for help on using the changeset viewer.